dnl ===========================================================================
dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
-
AC_PREREQ([2.54])
AC_INIT(SuperTux, 0.1.1)
AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([src/supertux.cpp])
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
fi
+AM_GNU_GETTEXT
+
dnl ===========================================================================
dnl Check for SDL
AM_PATH_SDL($SDL_VERSION,
dnl Checks for library functions.
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(mkdir strdup strstr)
-AC_OUTPUT(Makefile src/Makefile data/Makefile)
+AC_OUTPUT(Makefile m4/Makefile intl/Makefile
+ src/Makefile
+ data/Makefile
+ po/Makefile.in)
echo ""
echo "Features:"
--- /dev/null
+2003-05-22 GNU <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>
+
+ * Version 0.12.1 released.
+
--- /dev/null
+# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling library of GNU gettext
+# Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+# USA.
+
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+top_builddir = ..
+VPATH = $(srcdir)
+
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+transform = @program_transform_name@
+libdir = @libdir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+localedir = $(datadir)/locale
+gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/intl
+aliaspath = $(localedir)
+subdir = intl
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(MKINSTALLDIRS)
+
+l = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
+
+AR = ar
+CC = @CC@
+LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+YACC = @INTLBISON@ -y -d
+YFLAGS = --name-prefix=__gettext
+
+DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" \
+-DLIBDIR=\"$(libdir)\" -DIN_LIBINTL \
+-DENABLE_RELOCATABLE=1 -DIN_LIBRARY -DINSTALLDIR=\"$(libdir)\" -DNO_XMALLOC \
+-Dset_relocation_prefix=libintl_set_relocation_prefix \
+-Drelocate=libintl_relocate \
+-DDEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV=1 @DEFS@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+
+COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
+
+HEADERS = \
+ gmo.h \
+ gettextP.h \
+ hash-string.h \
+ loadinfo.h \
+ plural-exp.h \
+ eval-plural.h \
+ localcharset.h \
+ relocatable.h \
+ os2compat.h \
+ libgnuintl.h.in
+SOURCES = \
+ bindtextdom.c \
+ dcgettext.c \
+ dgettext.c \
+ gettext.c \
+ finddomain.c \
+ loadmsgcat.c \
+ localealias.c \
+ textdomain.c \
+ l10nflist.c \
+ explodename.c \
+ dcigettext.c \
+ dcngettext.c \
+ dngettext.c \
+ ngettext.c \
+ plural.y \
+ plural-exp.c \
+ localcharset.c \
+ relocatable.c \
+ localename.c \
+ log.c \
+ osdep.c \
+ os2compat.c \
+ intl-compat.c
+OBJECTS = \
+ bindtextdom.$lo \
+ dcgettext.$lo \
+ dgettext.$lo \
+ gettext.$lo \
+ finddomain.$lo \
+ loadmsgcat.$lo \
+ localealias.$lo \
+ textdomain.$lo \
+ l10nflist.$lo \
+ explodename.$lo \
+ dcigettext.$lo \
+ dcngettext.$lo \
+ dngettext.$lo \
+ ngettext.$lo \
+ plural.$lo \
+ plural-exp.$lo \
+ localcharset.$lo \
+ relocatable.$lo \
+ localename.$lo \
+ log.$lo \
+ osdep.$lo \
+ intl-compat.$lo
+DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in \
+config.charset locale.alias ref-add.sin ref-del.sin $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+DISTFILES.generated = plural.c
+DISTFILES.normal = VERSION
+DISTFILES.gettext = COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 libintl.glibc \
+Makefile.vms libgnuintl.h.msvc-shared README.woe32 Makefile.msvc
+DISTFILES.obsolete = xopen-msg.sed linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in cat-compat.c \
+COPYING.LIB-2 gettext.h libgettext.h plural-eval.c libgnuintl.h
+
+all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+all-yes: libintl.$la libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
+all-no: all-no-@BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+all-no-yes: libgnuintl.$la
+all-no-no:
+
+libintl.a libgnuintl.a: $(OBJECTS)
+ rm -f $@
+ $(AR) cru $@ $(OBJECTS)
+ $(RANLIB) $@
+
+libintl.la libgnuintl.la: $(OBJECTS)
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=link \
+ $(CC) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ \
+ $(OBJECTS) @LTLIBICONV@ $(LIBS) -lc \
+ -version-info $(LTV_CURRENT):$(LTV_REVISION):$(LTV_AGE) \
+ -rpath $(libdir) \
+ -no-undefined
+
+# Libtool's library version information for libintl.
+# Before making a gettext release, the gettext maintainer must change this
+# according to the libtool documentation, section "Library interface versions".
+# Maintainers of other packages that include the intl directory must *not*
+# change these values.
+LTV_CURRENT=5
+LTV_REVISION=0
+LTV_AGE=3
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .c .y .o .lo .sin .sed
+
+.c.o:
+ $(COMPILE) $<
+
+.y.c:
+ $(YACC) $(YFLAGS) --output $@ $<
+ rm -f $*.h
+
+bindtextdom.lo: $(srcdir)/bindtextdom.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/bindtextdom.c
+dcgettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcgettext.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcgettext.c
+dgettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dgettext.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dgettext.c
+gettext.lo: $(srcdir)/gettext.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/gettext.c
+finddomain.lo: $(srcdir)/finddomain.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/finddomain.c
+loadmsgcat.lo: $(srcdir)/loadmsgcat.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/loadmsgcat.c
+localealias.lo: $(srcdir)/localealias.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localealias.c
+textdomain.lo: $(srcdir)/textdomain.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/textdomain.c
+l10nflist.lo: $(srcdir)/l10nflist.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/l10nflist.c
+explodename.lo: $(srcdir)/explodename.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/explodename.c
+dcigettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcigettext.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcigettext.c
+dcngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcngettext.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcngettext.c
+dngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dngettext.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dngettext.c
+ngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/ngettext.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/ngettext.c
+plural.lo: $(srcdir)/plural.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/plural.c
+plural-exp.lo: $(srcdir)/plural-exp.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/plural-exp.c
+localcharset.lo: $(srcdir)/localcharset.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localcharset.c
+relocatable.lo: $(srcdir)/relocatable.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/relocatable.c
+localename.lo: $(srcdir)/localename.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localename.c
+log.lo: $(srcdir)/log.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/log.c
+osdep.lo: $(srcdir)/osdep.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/osdep.c
+intl-compat.lo: $(srcdir)/intl-compat.c
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/intl-compat.c
+
+ref-add.sed: $(srcdir)/ref-add.sin
+ sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $(srcdir)/ref-add.sin > t-ref-add.sed
+ mv t-ref-add.sed ref-add.sed
+ref-del.sed: $(srcdir)/ref-del.sin
+ sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $(srcdir)/ref-del.sin > t-ref-del.sed
+ mv t-ref-del.sed ref-del.sed
+
+INCLUDES = -I. -I$(srcdir) -I..
+
+libgnuintl.h: $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in
+ cp $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in libgnuintl.h
+
+libintl.h: libgnuintl.h
+ cp libgnuintl.h libintl.h
+
+charset.alias: $(srcdir)/config.charset
+ $(SHELL) $(srcdir)/config.charset '@host@' > t-$@
+ mv t-$@ $@
+
+check: all
+
+# We must not install the libintl.h/libintl.a files if we are on a
+# system which has the GNU gettext() function in its C library or in a
+# separate library.
+# If you want to use the one which comes with this version of the
+# package, you have to use `configure --with-included-gettext'.
+install: install-exec install-data
+install-exec: all
+ if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \
+ && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.h $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
+ if test "@RELOCATABLE@" = yes; then \
+ dependencies=`sed -n -e 's,^dependency_libs=\(.*\),\1,p' < $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.la | sed -e "s,^',," -e "s,'\$$,,"`; \
+ if test -n "$dependencies"; then \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.la; \
+ fi; \
+ fi; \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \
+ && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no; then \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) libgnuintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.$la; \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.so $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.$la; \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+ if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
+ test @GLIBC21@ != no || $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
+ temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \
+ dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
+ if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \
+ orig=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
+ sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+ rm -f $$temp; \
+ else \
+ if test @GLIBC21@ = no; then \
+ orig=charset.alias; \
+ sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+ rm -f $$temp; \
+ fi; \
+ fi; \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \
+ test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
+ && orig=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
+ || orig=$(srcdir)/locale.alias; \
+ temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \
+ dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \
+ sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+ rm -f $$temp; \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+install-data: all
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/VERSION; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) ChangeLog.inst $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/ChangeLog; \
+ dists="COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common)"; \
+ for file in $$dists; do \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \
+ $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+ done; \
+ chmod a+x $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/config.charset; \
+ dists="$(DISTFILES.generated)"; \
+ for file in $$dists; do \
+ if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$dir/$$file \
+ $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+ done; \
+ dists="$(DISTFILES.obsolete)"; \
+ for file in $$dists; do \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+ done; \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+
+install-strip: install
+
+installdirs:
+ if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \
+ && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \
+ && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no; then \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+ if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
+ test @GLIBC21@ != no || $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+
+# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
+installcheck:
+
+uninstall:
+ if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \
+ && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
+ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \
+ && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no; then \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+ if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
+ if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \
+ temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \
+ dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
+ sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \
+ if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \
+ rm -f $$dest; \
+ else \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+ fi; \
+ rm -f $$temp; \
+ fi; \
+ if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; then \
+ temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \
+ dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \
+ sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \
+ if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \
+ rm -f $$dest; \
+ else \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+ fi; \
+ rm -f $$temp; \
+ fi; \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+ for file in VERSION ChangeLog COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated); do \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+ done; \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+
+info dvi ps pdf html:
+
+$(OBJECTS): ../config.h libgnuintl.h
+bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dcigettext.$lo dcngettext.$lo dgettext.$lo dngettext.$lo finddomain.$lo gettext.$lo intl-compat.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo ngettext.$lo textdomain.$lo: $(srcdir)/gettextP.h $(srcdir)/gmo.h $(srcdir)/loadinfo.h
+dcigettext.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: $(srcdir)/hash-string.h
+explodename.$lo l10nflist.$lo: $(srcdir)/loadinfo.h
+dcigettext.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo plural.$lo plural-exp.$lo: $(srcdir)/plural-exp.h
+dcigettext.$lo: $(srcdir)/eval-plural.h
+localcharset.$lo: $(srcdir)/localcharset.h
+localealias.$lo localcharset.$lo relocatable.$lo: $(srcdir)/relocatable.h
+
+tags: TAGS
+
+TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+ here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+
+ctags: CTAGS
+
+CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+ here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && ctags -o $$here/CTAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+
+id: ID
+
+ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+ here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+
+
+mostlyclean:
+ rm -f *.a *.la *.o *.obj *.lo core core.*
+ rm -f libgnuintl.h libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
+ rm -f -r .libs _libs
+
+clean: mostlyclean
+
+distclean: clean
+ rm -f Makefile ID TAGS
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+ rm -f ChangeLog.inst $(DISTFILES.normal); \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+
+maintainer-clean: distclean
+ @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
+ @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+
+
+# GNU gettext needs not contain the file `VERSION' but contains some
+# other files which should not be distributed in other packages.
+distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
+dist distdir: Makefile
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+ : ; \
+ else \
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime"; then \
+ additional="$(DISTFILES.gettext)"; \
+ else \
+ additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)"; \
+ fi; \
+ $(MAKE) $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; \
+ for file in ChangeLog $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; do \
+ if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
+ cp -p $$dir/$$file $(distdir); \
+ done; \
+ fi
+
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status
+# This would be more efficient, but doesn't work any more with autoconf-2.57,
+# when AC_CONFIG_FILES([intl/Makefile:somedir/Makefile.in]) is used.
+# cd $(top_builddir) && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
--- /dev/null
+GNU gettext library from gettext-0.12.1
--- /dev/null
+/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+ USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+#else
+/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */
+# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
+#endif
+
+/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
+ names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
+ using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
+#if !defined _LIBC
+# define _nl_default_dirname libintl_nl_default_dirname
+# define _nl_domain_bindings libintl_nl_domain_bindings
+#endif
+
+/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */
+#ifndef offsetof
+# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident))
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */
+extern const char _nl_default_dirname[];
+#ifdef _LIBC
+extern const char _nl_default_dirname_internal[] attribute_hidden;
+#else
+# define INTUSE(name) name
+#endif
+
+/* List with bindings of specific domains. */
+extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
+
+/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
+__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
+
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain
+# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET __bind_textdomain_codeset
+# ifndef strdup
+# define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
+# endif
+#else
+# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN libintl_bindtextdomain
+# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset
+#endif
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions. */
+static void set_binding_values PARAMS ((const char *domainname,
+ const char **dirnamep,
+ const char **codesetp));
+
+/* Specifies the directory name *DIRNAMEP and the output codeset *CODESETP
+ to be used for the DOMAINNAME message catalog.
+ If *DIRNAMEP or *CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is not
+ modified, only the current value is returned.
+ If DIRNAMEP or CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is neither
+ modified nor returned. */
+static void
+set_binding_values (domainname, dirnamep, codesetp)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char **dirnamep;
+ const char **codesetp;
+{
+ struct binding *binding;
+ int modified;
+
+ /* Some sanity checks. */
+ if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ if (dirnamep)
+ *dirnamep = NULL;
+ if (codesetp)
+ *codesetp = NULL;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+ modified = 0;
+
+ for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
+ {
+ int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
+ if (compare == 0)
+ /* We found it! */
+ break;
+ if (compare < 0)
+ {
+ /* It is not in the list. */
+ binding = NULL;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (binding != NULL)
+ {
+ if (dirnamep)
+ {
+ const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
+
+ if (dirname == NULL)
+ /* The current binding has be to returned. */
+ *dirnamep = binding->dirname;
+ else
+ {
+ /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old
+ one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the
+ old binding. */
+ char *result = binding->dirname;
+ if (strcmp (dirname, result) != 0)
+ {
+ if (strcmp (dirname, INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname)) == 0)
+ result = (char *) INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
+ else
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+ result = strdup (dirname);
+#else
+ size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
+ result = (char *) malloc (len);
+ if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+ memcpy (result, dirname, len);
+#endif
+ }
+
+ if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+ {
+ if (binding->dirname != INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname))
+ free (binding->dirname);
+
+ binding->dirname = result;
+ modified = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ *dirnamep = result;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (codesetp)
+ {
+ const char *codeset = *codesetp;
+
+ if (codeset == NULL)
+ /* The current binding has be to returned. */
+ *codesetp = binding->codeset;
+ else
+ {
+ /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old
+ one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the
+ old binding. */
+ char *result = binding->codeset;
+ if (result == NULL || strcmp (codeset, result) != 0)
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+ result = strdup (codeset);
+#else
+ size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
+ result = (char *) malloc (len);
+ if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+ memcpy (result, codeset, len);
+#endif
+
+ if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+ {
+ if (binding->codeset != NULL)
+ free (binding->codeset);
+
+ binding->codeset = result;
+ binding->codeset_cntr++;
+ modified = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ *codesetp = result;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else if ((dirnamep == NULL || *dirnamep == NULL)
+ && (codesetp == NULL || *codesetp == NULL))
+ {
+ /* Simply return the default values. */
+ if (dirnamep)
+ *dirnamep = INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
+ if (codesetp)
+ *codesetp = NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* We have to create a new binding. */
+ size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
+ struct binding *new_binding =
+ (struct binding *) malloc (offsetof (struct binding, domainname) + len);
+
+ if (__builtin_expect (new_binding == NULL, 0))
+ goto failed;
+
+ memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len);
+
+ if (dirnamep)
+ {
+ const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
+
+ if (dirname == NULL)
+ /* The default value. */
+ dirname = INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
+ else
+ {
+ if (strcmp (dirname, INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname)) == 0)
+ dirname = INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
+ else
+ {
+ char *result;
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+ result = strdup (dirname);
+ if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+ goto failed_dirname;
+#else
+ size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
+ result = (char *) malloc (len);
+ if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+ goto failed_dirname;
+ memcpy (result, dirname, len);
+#endif
+ dirname = result;
+ }
+ }
+ *dirnamep = dirname;
+ new_binding->dirname = (char *) dirname;
+ }
+ else
+ /* The default value. */
+ new_binding->dirname = (char *) INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
+
+ new_binding->codeset_cntr = 0;
+
+ if (codesetp)
+ {
+ const char *codeset = *codesetp;
+
+ if (codeset != NULL)
+ {
+ char *result;
+
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+ result = strdup (codeset);
+ if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+ goto failed_codeset;
+#else
+ size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
+ result = (char *) malloc (len);
+ if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+ goto failed_codeset;
+ memcpy (result, codeset, len);
+#endif
+ codeset = result;
+ new_binding->codeset_cntr++;
+ }
+ *codesetp = codeset;
+ new_binding->codeset = (char *) codeset;
+ }
+ else
+ new_binding->codeset = NULL;
+
+ /* Now enqueue it. */
+ if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL
+ || strcmp (domainname, _nl_domain_bindings->domainname) < 0)
+ {
+ new_binding->next = _nl_domain_bindings;
+ _nl_domain_bindings = new_binding;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ binding = _nl_domain_bindings;
+ while (binding->next != NULL
+ && strcmp (domainname, binding->next->domainname) > 0)
+ binding = binding->next;
+
+ new_binding->next = binding->next;
+ binding->next = new_binding;
+ }
+
+ modified = 1;
+
+ /* Here we deal with memory allocation failures. */
+ if (0)
+ {
+ failed_codeset:
+ if (new_binding->dirname != INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname))
+ free (new_binding->dirname);
+ failed_dirname:
+ free (new_binding);
+ failed:
+ if (dirnamep)
+ *dirnamep = NULL;
+ if (codesetp)
+ *codesetp = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If we modified any binding, we flush the caches. */
+ if (modified)
+ ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+ __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+}
+
+/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
+ in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
+char *
+BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *dirname;
+{
+ set_binding_values (domainname, &dirname, NULL);
+ return (char *) dirname;
+}
+
+/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
+ DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
+char *
+BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (domainname, codeset)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *codeset;
+{
+ set_binding_values (domainname, NULL, &codeset);
+ return (char *) codeset;
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Aliases for function names in GNU C Library. */
+weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain);
+weak_alias (__bind_textdomain_codeset, bind_textdomain_codeset);
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+#! /bin/sh
+# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+# USA.
+#
+# The table consists of lines of the form
+# ALIAS CANONICAL
+#
+# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)".
+# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way.
+#
+# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding.
+# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is
+# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case
+# MIME charset name is preferred.
+# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows.
+#
+# name used by which systems a MIME name?
+# ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968 glibc solaris freebsd
+# ISO-8859-1 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
+# ISO-8859-2 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
+# ISO-8859-3 glibc solaris yes
+# ISO-8859-4 osf solaris freebsd yes
+# ISO-8859-5 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
+# ISO-8859-6 glibc aix hpux solaris yes
+# ISO-8859-7 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes
+# ISO-8859-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes
+# ISO-8859-9 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes
+# ISO-8859-13 glibc
+# ISO-8859-14 glibc
+# ISO-8859-15 glibc aix osf solaris freebsd
+# KOI8-R glibc solaris freebsd yes
+# KOI8-U glibc freebsd yes
+# KOI8-T glibc
+# CP437 dos
+# CP775 dos
+# CP850 aix osf dos
+# CP852 dos
+# CP855 dos
+# CP856 aix
+# CP857 dos
+# CP861 dos
+# CP862 dos
+# CP864 dos
+# CP865 dos
+# CP866 freebsd dos
+# CP869 dos
+# CP874 woe32 dos
+# CP922 aix
+# CP932 aix woe32 dos
+# CP943 aix
+# CP949 osf woe32 dos
+# CP950 woe32 dos
+# CP1046 aix
+# CP1124 aix
+# CP1125 dos
+# CP1129 aix
+# CP1250 woe32
+# CP1251 glibc solaris woe32
+# CP1252 aix woe32
+# CP1253 woe32
+# CP1254 woe32
+# CP1255 glibc woe32
+# CP1256 woe32
+# CP1257 woe32
+# GB2312 glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd yes
+# EUC-JP glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
+# EUC-KR glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
+# EUC-TW glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris
+# BIG5 glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd yes
+# BIG5-HKSCS glibc solaris
+# GBK glibc aix osf solaris woe32 dos
+# GB18030 glibc solaris
+# SHIFT_JIS hpux osf solaris freebsd yes
+# JOHAB glibc solaris woe32
+# TIS-620 glibc aix hpux osf solaris
+# VISCII glibc yes
+# TCVN5712-1 glibc
+# GEORGIAN-PS glibc
+# HP-ROMAN8 hpux
+# HP-ARABIC8 hpux
+# HP-GREEK8 hpux
+# HP-HEBREW8 hpux
+# HP-TURKISH8 hpux
+# HP-KANA8 hpux
+# DEC-KANJI osf
+# DEC-HANYU osf
+# UTF-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes
+#
+# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in
+# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.).
+#
+# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications
+# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent.
+#
+# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
+# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# or
+# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+
+host="$1"
+os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases,"
+echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'."
+echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset."
+# List of references, updated during installation:
+echo "# Packages using this file: "
+case "$os" in
+ linux* | *-gnu*)
+ # With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization,
+ # because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all
+ # GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not
+ # need to install the alias file at all.
+ # The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs.
+ echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII"
+ ;;
+ aix*)
+ echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+ echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+ echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+ echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
+ echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+ echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+ echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+ echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+ echo "IBM-850 CP850"
+ echo "IBM-856 CP856"
+ echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13"
+ echo "IBM-922 CP922"
+ echo "IBM-932 CP932"
+ echo "IBM-943 CP943"
+ echo "IBM-1046 CP1046"
+ echo "IBM-1124 CP1124"
+ echo "IBM-1129 CP1129"
+ echo "IBM-1252 CP1252"
+ echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312"
+ echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP"
+ echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR"
+ echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW"
+ echo "big5 BIG5"
+ echo "GBK GBK"
+ echo "TIS-620 TIS-620"
+ echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+ ;;
+ hpux*)
+ echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1"
+ echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2"
+ echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5"
+ echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6"
+ echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7"
+ echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8"
+ echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9"
+ echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15"
+ echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8"
+ echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8"
+ echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8"
+ echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8"
+ echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8"
+ echo "kana8 HP-KANA8"
+ echo "tis620 TIS-620"
+ echo "big5 BIG5"
+ echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+ echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+ echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+ echo "hp15CN GB2312"
+ #echo "ccdc ?" # what is this?
+ echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
+ echo "utf8 UTF-8"
+ ;;
+ irix*)
+ echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+ echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+ echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+ echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+ echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+ echo "eucCN GB2312"
+ echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+ echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+ echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+ ;;
+ osf*)
+ echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+ echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+ echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+ echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+ echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+ echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+ echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+ echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+ echo "cp850 CP850"
+ echo "big5 BIG5"
+ echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU"
+ echo "dechanzi GB2312"
+ echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI"
+ echo "deckorean EUC-KR"
+ echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+ echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+ echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+ echo "GBK GBK"
+ echo "KSC5601 CP949"
+ echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP"
+ echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
+ echo "TACTIS TIS-620"
+ echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+ ;;
+ solaris*)
+ echo "646 ASCII"
+ echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+ echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+ echo "ISO8859-3 ISO-8859-3"
+ echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+ echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+ echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
+ echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+ echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+ echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+ echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+ echo "koi8-r KOI8-R"
+ echo "ansi-1251 CP1251"
+ echo "BIG5 BIG5"
+ echo "Big5-HKSCS BIG5-HKSCS"
+ echo "gb2312 GB2312"
+ echo "GBK GBK"
+ echo "GB18030 GB18030"
+ echo "cns11643 EUC-TW"
+ echo "5601 EUC-KR"
+ echo "ko_KR.johap92 JOHAB"
+ echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+ echo "PCK SHIFT_JIS"
+ echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620"
+ #echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this?
+ echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+ ;;
+ freebsd* | os2*)
+ # FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
+ # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
+ # from the environment variables.
+ # Likewise for OS/2. OS/2 has XFree86 just like FreeBSD. Just
+ # reuse FreeBSD's locale data for OS/2.
+ echo "C ASCII"
+ echo "US-ASCII ASCII"
+ for l in la_LN lt_LN; do
+ echo "$l.ASCII ASCII"
+ done
+ for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
+ fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \
+ lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
+ echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+ echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+ done
+ for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
+ echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+ done
+ for l in la_LN lt_LT; do
+ echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+ done
+ for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do
+ echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
+ echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+ echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
+ done
+ echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U"
+ echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5"
+ echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5"
+ echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312"
+ echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP"
+ echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
+ echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SHIFT_JIS"
+ echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
+ ;;
+ netbsd*)
+ echo "646 ASCII"
+ echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+ echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+ echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+ echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+ echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+ echo "eucCN GB2312"
+ echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+ echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+ echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+ echo "BIG5 BIG5"
+ echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
+ ;;
+ beos*)
+ # BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding.
+ echo "* UTF-8"
+ ;;
+ msdosdjgpp*)
+ # DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
+ # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
+ # from the environment variables.
+ echo "#"
+ echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct."
+ echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and"
+ echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just"
+ echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to"
+ echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero <st001906@hrz1.hrz.tu-darmstadt.de>"
+ echo "# and Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>."
+ echo "#"
+ echo "C ASCII"
+ # ISO-8859-1 languages
+ echo "ca CP850"
+ echo "ca_ES CP850"
+ echo "da CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "de CP850"
+ echo "de_AT CP850"
+ echo "de_CH CP850"
+ echo "de_DE CP850"
+ echo "en CP850"
+ echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ??
+ echo "en_CA CP850"
+ echo "en_GB CP850"
+ echo "en_NZ CP437"
+ echo "en_US CP437"
+ echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ??
+ echo "es CP850"
+ echo "es_AR CP850"
+ echo "es_BO CP850"
+ echo "es_CL CP850"
+ echo "es_CO CP850"
+ echo "es_CR CP850"
+ echo "es_CU CP850"
+ echo "es_DO CP850"
+ echo "es_EC CP850"
+ echo "es_ES CP850"
+ echo "es_GT CP850"
+ echo "es_HN CP850"
+ echo "es_MX CP850"
+ echo "es_NI CP850"
+ echo "es_PA CP850"
+ echo "es_PY CP850"
+ echo "es_PE CP850"
+ echo "es_SV CP850"
+ echo "es_UY CP850"
+ echo "es_VE CP850"
+ echo "et CP850"
+ echo "et_EE CP850"
+ echo "eu CP850"
+ echo "eu_ES CP850"
+ echo "fi CP850"
+ echo "fi_FI CP850"
+ echo "fr CP850"
+ echo "fr_BE CP850"
+ echo "fr_CA CP850"
+ echo "fr_CH CP850"
+ echo "fr_FR CP850"
+ echo "ga CP850"
+ echo "ga_IE CP850"
+ echo "gd CP850"
+ echo "gd_GB CP850"
+ echo "gl CP850"
+ echo "gl_ES CP850"
+ echo "id CP850" # not CP437 ??
+ echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ??
+ echo "is CP861" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "it CP850"
+ echo "it_CH CP850"
+ echo "it_IT CP850"
+ echo "lt CP775"
+ echo "lt_LT CP775"
+ echo "lv CP775"
+ echo "lv_LV CP775"
+ echo "nb CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "nl CP850"
+ echo "nl_BE CP850"
+ echo "nl_NL CP850"
+ echo "nn CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "no CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+ echo "pt CP850"
+ echo "pt_BR CP850"
+ echo "pt_PT CP850"
+ echo "sv CP850"
+ echo "sv_SE CP850"
+ # ISO-8859-2 languages
+ echo "cs CP852"
+ echo "cs_CZ CP852"
+ echo "hr CP852"
+ echo "hr_HR CP852"
+ echo "hu CP852"
+ echo "hu_HU CP852"
+ echo "pl CP852"
+ echo "pl_PL CP852"
+ echo "ro CP852"
+ echo "ro_RO CP852"
+ echo "sk CP852"
+ echo "sk_SK CP852"
+ echo "sl CP852"
+ echo "sl_SI CP852"
+ echo "sq CP852"
+ echo "sq_AL CP852"
+ echo "sr CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
+ echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
+ # ISO-8859-3 languages
+ echo "mt CP850"
+ echo "mt_MT CP850"
+ # ISO-8859-5 languages
+ echo "be CP866"
+ echo "be_BE CP866"
+ echo "bg CP866" # not CP855 ??
+ echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ??
+ echo "mk CP866" # not CP855 ??
+ echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ??
+ echo "ru CP866"
+ echo "ru_RU CP866"
+ echo "uk CP1125"
+ echo "uk_UA CP1125"
+ # ISO-8859-6 languages
+ echo "ar CP864"
+ echo "ar_AE CP864"
+ echo "ar_DZ CP864"
+ echo "ar_EG CP864"
+ echo "ar_IQ CP864"
+ echo "ar_IR CP864"
+ echo "ar_JO CP864"
+ echo "ar_KW CP864"
+ echo "ar_MA CP864"
+ echo "ar_OM CP864"
+ echo "ar_QA CP864"
+ echo "ar_SA CP864"
+ echo "ar_SY CP864"
+ # ISO-8859-7 languages
+ echo "el CP869"
+ echo "el_GR CP869"
+ # ISO-8859-8 languages
+ echo "he CP862"
+ echo "he_IL CP862"
+ # ISO-8859-9 languages
+ echo "tr CP857"
+ echo "tr_TR CP857"
+ # Japanese
+ echo "ja CP932"
+ echo "ja_JP CP932"
+ # Chinese
+ echo "zh_CN GBK"
+ echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ??
+ # Korean
+ echo "kr CP949" # not CP934 ??
+ echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ??
+ # Thai
+ echo "th CP874"
+ echo "th_TH CP874"
+ # Other
+ echo "eo CP850"
+ echo "eo_EO CP850"
+ ;;
+esac
--- /dev/null
+/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+ USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
+# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
+#else
+# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
+# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+ locale. */
+char *
+DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, category)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *msgid;
+ int category;
+{
+ return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, NULL, 0, 0, category);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
+INTDEF(__dcgettext)
+weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext);
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/* Implementation of the internal dcigettext function.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+ USA. */
+
+/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
+ This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+ <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+#else
+# ifdef _MSC_VER
+# include <malloc.h>
+# define alloca _alloca
+# else
+# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <alloca.h>
+# else
+# ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+# else
+# ifndef alloca
+char *alloca ();
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+#ifndef __set_errno
+# define __set_errno(val) errno = (val)
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+ /* Guess whether integer division by zero raises signal SIGFPE.
+ Set to 1 only if you know for sure. In case of doubt, set to 0. */
+# if defined __alpha__ || defined __arm__ || defined __i386__ \
+ || defined __m68k__ || defined __s390__
+# define INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE 1
+# else
+# define INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE 0
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE
+# include <signal.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#include "plural-exp.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+#include "hash-string.h"
+
+/* Thread safetyness. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+#else
+/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */
+# define __libc_lock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_lock_lock(NAME)
+# define __libc_lock_unlock(NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_rdlock(NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
+#endif
+
+/* Alignment of types. */
+#if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2
+# define alignof(TYPE) __alignof__ (TYPE)
+#else
+# define alignof(TYPE) \
+ ((int) &((struct { char dummy1; TYPE dummy2; } *) 0)->dummy2)
+#endif
+
+/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
+ names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
+ using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
+#if !defined _LIBC
+# define _nl_default_default_domain libintl_nl_default_default_domain
+# define _nl_current_default_domain libintl_nl_current_default_domain
+# define _nl_default_dirname libintl_nl_default_dirname
+# define _nl_domain_bindings libintl_nl_domain_bindings
+#endif
+
+/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */
+#ifndef offsetof
+# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident))
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
+ because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
+ file and the name space must not be polluted. */
+# define getcwd __getcwd
+# ifndef stpcpy
+# define stpcpy __stpcpy
+# endif
+# define tfind __tfind
+#else
+# if !defined HAVE_GETCWD
+char *getwd ();
+# define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf)
+# else
+char *getcwd ();
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_MEMPCPY
+static void *mempcpy PARAMS ((void *dest, const void *src, size_t n));
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Amount to increase buffer size by in each try. */
+#define PATH_INCR 32
+
+/* The following is from pathmax.h. */
+/* Non-POSIX BSD systems might have gcc's limits.h, which doesn't define
+ PATH_MAX but might cause redefinition warnings when sys/param.h is
+ later included (as on MORE/BSD 4.3). */
+#if defined _POSIX_VERSION || (defined HAVE_LIMITS_H && !defined __GNUC__)
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX
+# define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 255
+#endif
+
+#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined _PC_PATH_MAX
+# define PATH_MAX (pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX) < 1 ? 1024 : pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX))
+#endif
+
+/* Don't include sys/param.h if it already has been. */
+#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H && !defined PATH_MAX && !defined MAXPATHLEN
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined MAXPATHLEN
+# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PATH_MAX
+# define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX
+#endif
+
+/* Pathname support.
+ ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character.
+ IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) tests whether P is an absolute path. If it is not,
+ it may be concatenated to a directory pathname.
+ IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) tests whether P contains a directory specification.
+ */
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+ /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
+# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
+ ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
+ && (P)[1] == ':')
+# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P))
+# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \
+ (strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P))
+#else
+ /* Unix */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
+# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0])
+# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL)
+#endif
+
+/* This is the type used for the search tree where known translations
+ are stored. */
+struct known_translation_t
+{
+ /* Domain in which to search. */
+ char *domainname;
+
+ /* The category. */
+ int category;
+
+ /* State of the catalog counter at the point the string was found. */
+ int counter;
+
+ /* Catalog where the string was found. */
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
+
+ /* And finally the translation. */
+ const char *translation;
+ size_t translation_length;
+
+ /* Pointer to the string in question. */
+ char msgid[ZERO];
+};
+
+/* Root of the search tree with known translations. We can use this
+ only if the system provides the `tsearch' function family. */
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+# include <search.h>
+
+static void *root;
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+# define tsearch __tsearch
+# endif
+
+/* Function to compare two entries in the table of known translations. */
+static int transcmp PARAMS ((const void *p1, const void *p2));
+static int
+transcmp (p1, p2)
+ const void *p1;
+ const void *p2;
+{
+ const struct known_translation_t *s1;
+ const struct known_translation_t *s2;
+ int result;
+
+ s1 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p1;
+ s2 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p2;
+
+ result = strcmp (s1->msgid, s2->msgid);
+ if (result == 0)
+ {
+ result = strcmp (s1->domainname, s2->domainname);
+ if (result == 0)
+ /* We compare the category last (though this is the cheapest
+ operation) since it is hopefully always the same (namely
+ LC_MESSAGES). */
+ result = s1->category - s2->category;
+ }
+
+ return result;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INTVARDEF
+# define INTVARDEF(name)
+#endif
+#ifndef INTUSE
+# define INTUSE(name) name
+#endif
+
+/* Name of the default domain used for gettext(3) prior any call to
+ textdomain(3). The default value for this is "messages". */
+const char _nl_default_default_domain[] attribute_hidden = "messages";
+
+/* Value used as the default domain for gettext(3). */
+const char *_nl_current_default_domain attribute_hidden
+ = _nl_default_default_domain;
+
+/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */
+#if defined __EMX__
+extern const char _nl_default_dirname[];
+#else
+const char _nl_default_dirname[] = LOCALEDIR;
+INTVARDEF (_nl_default_dirname)
+#endif
+
+/* List with bindings of specific domains created by bindtextdomain()
+ calls. */
+struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions. */
+static char *plural_lookup PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain,
+ unsigned long int n,
+ const char *translation,
+ size_t translation_len))
+ internal_function;
+static const char *guess_category_value PARAMS ((int category,
+ const char *categoryname))
+ internal_function;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
+# define category_to_name(category) _nl_category_names[category]
+#else
+static const char *category_to_name PARAMS ((int category)) internal_function;
+#endif
+
+
+/* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
+ some additional code emulating it. */
+#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
+/* Nothing has to be done. */
+# define freea(p) /* nothing */
+# define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */
+# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */
+#else
+struct block_list
+{
+ void *address;
+ struct block_list *next;
+};
+# define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr) \
+ do { \
+ struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); \
+ /* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to \
+ the list. */ \
+ if (newp != NULL) { \
+ newp->address = (addr); \
+ newp->next = (list); \
+ (list) = newp; \
+ } \
+ } while (0)
+# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) \
+ do { \
+ while (list != NULL) { \
+ struct block_list *old = list; \
+ list = list->next; \
+ free (old->address); \
+ free (old); \
+ } \
+ } while (0)
+# undef alloca
+# define alloca(size) (malloc (size))
+# define freea(p) free (p)
+#endif /* have alloca */
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* List of blocks allocated for translations. */
+typedef struct transmem_list
+{
+ struct transmem_list *next;
+ char data[ZERO];
+} transmem_block_t;
+static struct transmem_list *transmem_list;
+#else
+typedef unsigned char transmem_block_t;
+#endif
+
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
+#else
+# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext
+#endif
+
+/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+__libc_rwlock_define_initialized (, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
+#endif
+
+/* Checking whether the binaries runs SUID must be done and glibc provides
+ easier methods therefore we make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define ENABLE_SECURE __libc_enable_secure
+# define DETERMINE_SECURE
+#else
+# ifndef HAVE_GETUID
+# define getuid() 0
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_GETGID
+# define getgid() 0
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_GETEUID
+# define geteuid() getuid()
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_GETEGID
+# define getegid() getgid()
+# endif
+static int enable_secure;
+# define ENABLE_SECURE (enable_secure == 1)
+# define DETERMINE_SECURE \
+ if (enable_secure == 0) \
+ { \
+ if (getuid () != geteuid () || getgid () != getegid ()) \
+ enable_secure = 1; \
+ else \
+ enable_secure = -1; \
+ }
+#endif
+
+/* Get the function to evaluate the plural expression. */
+#include "eval-plural.h"
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
+ CATEGORY locale and, if PLURAL is nonzero, search over string
+ depending on the plural form determined by N. */
+char *
+DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural, n, category)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *msgid1;
+ const char *msgid2;
+ int plural;
+ unsigned long int n;
+ int category;
+{
+#ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA
+ struct block_list *block_list = NULL;
+#endif
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
+ struct binding *binding;
+ const char *categoryname;
+ const char *categoryvalue;
+ char *dirname, *xdomainname;
+ char *single_locale;
+ char *retval;
+ size_t retlen;
+ int saved_errno;
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+ struct known_translation_t *search;
+ struct known_translation_t **foundp = NULL;
+ size_t msgid_len;
+#endif
+ size_t domainname_len;
+
+ /* If no real MSGID is given return NULL. */
+ if (msgid1 == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+ if (category < 0 || category >= __LC_LAST || category == LC_ALL)
+ /* Bogus. */
+ return (plural == 0
+ ? (char *) msgid1
+ /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */
+ : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2);
+#endif
+
+ __libc_rwlock_rdlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+ /* If DOMAINNAME is NULL, we are interested in the default domain. If
+ CATEGORY is not LC_MESSAGES this might not make much sense but the
+ definition left this undefined. */
+ if (domainname == NULL)
+ domainname = _nl_current_default_domain;
+
+ /* OS/2 specific: backward compatibility with older libintl versions */
+#ifdef LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT
+ if (category == LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT)
+ category = LC_MESSAGES;
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+ msgid_len = strlen (msgid1) + 1;
+
+ /* Try to find the translation among those which we found at
+ some time. */
+ search = (struct known_translation_t *)
+ alloca (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid) + msgid_len);
+ memcpy (search->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len);
+ search->domainname = (char *) domainname;
+ search->category = category;
+
+ foundp = (struct known_translation_t **) tfind (search, &root, transcmp);
+ freea (search);
+ if (foundp != NULL && (*foundp)->counter == _nl_msg_cat_cntr)
+ {
+ /* Now deal with plural. */
+ if (plural)
+ retval = plural_lookup ((*foundp)->domain, n, (*foundp)->translation,
+ (*foundp)->translation_length);
+ else
+ retval = (char *) (*foundp)->translation;
+
+ __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+ return retval;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Preserve the `errno' value. */
+ saved_errno = errno;
+
+ /* See whether this is a SUID binary or not. */
+ DETERMINE_SECURE;
+
+ /* First find matching binding. */
+ for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
+ {
+ int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
+ if (compare == 0)
+ /* We found it! */
+ break;
+ if (compare < 0)
+ {
+ /* It is not in the list. */
+ binding = NULL;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (binding == NULL)
+ dirname = (char *) INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
+ else if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (binding->dirname))
+ dirname = binding->dirname;
+ else
+ {
+ /* We have a relative path. Make it absolute now. */
+ size_t dirname_len = strlen (binding->dirname) + 1;
+ size_t path_max;
+ char *ret;
+
+ path_max = (unsigned int) PATH_MAX;
+ path_max += 2; /* The getcwd docs say to do this. */
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len);
+ ADD_BLOCK (block_list, dirname);
+
+ __set_errno (0);
+ ret = getcwd (dirname, path_max);
+ if (ret != NULL || errno != ERANGE)
+ break;
+
+ path_max += path_max / 2;
+ path_max += PATH_INCR;
+ }
+
+ if (ret == NULL)
+ /* We cannot get the current working directory. Don't signal an
+ error but simply return the default string. */
+ goto return_untranslated;
+
+ stpcpy (stpcpy (strchr (dirname, '\0'), "/"), binding->dirname);
+ }
+
+ /* Now determine the symbolic name of CATEGORY and its value. */
+ categoryname = category_to_name (category);
+ categoryvalue = guess_category_value (category, categoryname);
+
+ domainname_len = strlen (domainname);
+ xdomainname = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryname)
+ + domainname_len + 5);
+ ADD_BLOCK (block_list, xdomainname);
+
+ stpcpy (mempcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (xdomainname, categoryname), "/"),
+ domainname, domainname_len),
+ ".mo");
+
+ /* Creating working area. */
+ single_locale = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryvalue) + 1);
+ ADD_BLOCK (block_list, single_locale);
+
+
+ /* Search for the given string. This is a loop because we perhaps
+ got an ordered list of languages to consider for the translation. */
+ while (1)
+ {
+ /* Make CATEGORYVALUE point to the next element of the list. */
+ while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] == ':')
+ ++categoryvalue;
+ if (categoryvalue[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ /* The whole contents of CATEGORYVALUE has been searched but
+ no valid entry has been found. We solve this situation
+ by implicitly appending a "C" entry, i.e. no translation
+ will take place. */
+ single_locale[0] = 'C';
+ single_locale[1] = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ char *cp = single_locale;
+ while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] != ':')
+ *cp++ = *categoryvalue++;
+ *cp = '\0';
+
+ /* When this is a SUID binary we must not allow accessing files
+ outside the dedicated directories. */
+ if (ENABLE_SECURE && IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (single_locale))
+ /* Ingore this entry. */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* If the current locale value is C (or POSIX) we don't load a
+ domain. Return the MSGID. */
+ if (strcmp (single_locale, "C") == 0
+ || strcmp (single_locale, "POSIX") == 0)
+ break;
+
+ /* Find structure describing the message catalog matching the
+ DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY. */
+ domain = _nl_find_domain (dirname, single_locale, xdomainname, binding);
+
+ if (domain != NULL)
+ {
+ retval = _nl_find_msg (domain, binding, msgid1, &retlen);
+
+ if (retval == NULL)
+ {
+ int cnt;
+
+ for (cnt = 0; domain->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
+ {
+ retval = _nl_find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], binding,
+ msgid1, &retlen);
+
+ if (retval != NULL)
+ {
+ domain = domain->successor[cnt];
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (retval != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Found the translation of MSGID1 in domain DOMAIN:
+ starting at RETVAL, RETLEN bytes. */
+ FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+ if (foundp == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Create a new entry and add it to the search tree. */
+ struct known_translation_t *newp;
+
+ newp = (struct known_translation_t *)
+ malloc (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid)
+ + msgid_len + domainname_len + 1);
+ if (newp != NULL)
+ {
+ newp->domainname =
+ mempcpy (newp->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len);
+ memcpy (newp->domainname, domainname, domainname_len + 1);
+ newp->category = category;
+ newp->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+ newp->domain = domain;
+ newp->translation = retval;
+ newp->translation_length = retlen;
+
+ /* Insert the entry in the search tree. */
+ foundp = (struct known_translation_t **)
+ tsearch (newp, &root, transcmp);
+ if (foundp == NULL
+ || __builtin_expect (*foundp != newp, 0))
+ /* The insert failed. */
+ free (newp);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* We can update the existing entry. */
+ (*foundp)->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+ (*foundp)->domain = domain;
+ (*foundp)->translation = retval;
+ (*foundp)->translation_length = retlen;
+ }
+#endif
+ __set_errno (saved_errno);
+
+ /* Now deal with plural. */
+ if (plural)
+ retval = plural_lookup (domain, n, retval, retlen);
+
+ __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+ return retval;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return_untranslated:
+ /* Return the untranslated MSGID. */
+ FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+ __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+#ifndef _LIBC
+ if (!ENABLE_SECURE)
+ {
+ extern void _nl_log_untranslated PARAMS ((const char *logfilename,
+ const char *domainname,
+ const char *msgid1,
+ const char *msgid2,
+ int plural));
+ const char *logfilename = getenv ("GETTEXT_LOG_UNTRANSLATED");
+
+ if (logfilename != NULL && logfilename[0] != '\0')
+ _nl_log_untranslated (logfilename, domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural);
+ }
+#endif
+ __set_errno (saved_errno);
+ return (plural == 0
+ ? (char *) msgid1
+ /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */
+ : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2);
+}
+
+
+char *
+internal_function
+_nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, msgid, lengthp)
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
+ struct binding *domainbinding;
+ const char *msgid;
+ size_t *lengthp;
+{
+ struct loaded_domain *domain;
+ nls_uint32 nstrings;
+ size_t act;
+ char *result;
+ size_t resultlen;
+
+ if (domain_file->decided == 0)
+ _nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding);
+
+ if (domain_file->data == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data;
+
+ nstrings = domain->nstrings;
+
+ /* Locate the MSGID and its translation. */
+ if (domain->hash_tab != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Use the hashing table. */
+ nls_uint32 len = strlen (msgid);
+ nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid);
+ nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size;
+ nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2));
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ nls_uint32 nstr =
+ W (domain->must_swap_hash_tab, domain->hash_tab[idx]);
+
+ if (nstr == 0)
+ /* Hash table entry is empty. */
+ return NULL;
+
+ nstr--;
+
+ /* Compare msgid with the original string at index nstr.
+ We compare the lengths with >=, not ==, because plural entries
+ are represented by strings with an embedded NUL. */
+ if (nstr < nstrings
+ ? W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr].length) >= len
+ && (strcmp (msgid,
+ domain->data + W (domain->must_swap,
+ domain->orig_tab[nstr].offset))
+ == 0)
+ : domain->orig_sysdep_tab[nstr - nstrings].length > len
+ && (strcmp (msgid,
+ domain->orig_sysdep_tab[nstr - nstrings].pointer)
+ == 0))
+ {
+ act = nstr;
+ goto found;
+ }
+
+ if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr)
+ idx -= domain->hash_size - incr;
+ else
+ idx += incr;
+ }
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Try the default method: binary search in the sorted array of
+ messages. */
+ size_t top, bottom;
+
+ bottom = 0;
+ top = nstrings;
+ while (bottom < top)
+ {
+ int cmp_val;
+
+ act = (bottom + top) / 2;
+ cmp_val = strcmp (msgid, (domain->data
+ + W (domain->must_swap,
+ domain->orig_tab[act].offset)));
+ if (cmp_val < 0)
+ top = act;
+ else if (cmp_val > 0)
+ bottom = act + 1;
+ else
+ goto found;
+ }
+ /* No translation was found. */
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ found:
+ /* The translation was found at index ACT. If we have to convert the
+ string to use a different character set, this is the time. */
+ if (act < nstrings)
+ {
+ result = (char *)
+ (domain->data + W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].offset));
+ resultlen = W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].length) + 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ result = (char *) domain->trans_sysdep_tab[act - nstrings].pointer;
+ resultlen = domain->trans_sysdep_tab[act - nstrings].length;
+ }
+
+#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV
+ if (domain->codeset_cntr
+ != (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0))
+ {
+ /* The domain's codeset has changed through bind_textdomain_codeset()
+ since the message catalog was initialized or last accessed. We
+ have to reinitialize the converter. */
+ _nl_free_domain_conv (domain);
+ _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding);
+ }
+
+ if (
+# ifdef _LIBC
+ domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1
+# else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+ domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1
+# endif
+# endif
+ )
+ {
+ /* We are supposed to do a conversion. First allocate an
+ appropriate table with the same structure as the table
+ of translations in the file, where we can put the pointers
+ to the converted strings in.
+ There is a slight complication with plural entries. They
+ are represented by consecutive NUL terminated strings. We
+ handle this case by converting RESULTLEN bytes, including
+ NULs. */
+
+ if (domain->conv_tab == NULL
+ && ((domain->conv_tab =
+ (char **) calloc (nstrings + domain->n_sysdep_strings,
+ sizeof (char *)))
+ == NULL))
+ /* Mark that we didn't succeed allocating a table. */
+ domain->conv_tab = (char **) -1;
+
+ if (__builtin_expect (domain->conv_tab == (char **) -1, 0))
+ /* Nothing we can do, no more memory. */
+ goto converted;
+
+ if (domain->conv_tab[act] == NULL)
+ {
+ /* We haven't used this string so far, so it is not
+ translated yet. Do this now. */
+ /* We use a bit more efficient memory handling.
+ We allocate always larger blocks which get used over
+ time. This is faster than many small allocations. */
+ __libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock)
+# define INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE 4080
+ static unsigned char *freemem;
+ static size_t freemem_size;
+
+ const unsigned char *inbuf;
+ unsigned char *outbuf;
+ int malloc_count;
+# ifndef _LIBC
+ transmem_block_t *transmem_list = NULL;
+# endif
+
+ __libc_lock_lock (lock);
+
+ inbuf = (const unsigned char *) result;
+ outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t);
+
+ malloc_count = 0;
+ while (1)
+ {
+ transmem_block_t *newmem;
+# ifdef _LIBC
+ size_t non_reversible;
+ int res;
+
+ if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t))
+ goto resize_freemem;
+
+ res = __gconv (domain->conv,
+ &inbuf, inbuf + resultlen,
+ &outbuf,
+ outbuf + freemem_size - sizeof (size_t),
+ &non_reversible);
+
+ if (res == __GCONV_OK || res == __GCONV_EMPTY_INPUT)
+ break;
+
+ if (res != __GCONV_FULL_OUTPUT)
+ {
+ __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+ goto converted;
+ }
+
+ inbuf = result;
+# else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+ const char *inptr = (const char *) inbuf;
+ size_t inleft = resultlen;
+ char *outptr = (char *) outbuf;
+ size_t outleft;
+
+ if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t))
+ goto resize_freemem;
+
+ outleft = freemem_size - sizeof (size_t);
+ if (iconv (domain->conv,
+ (ICONV_CONST char **) &inptr, &inleft,
+ &outptr, &outleft)
+ != (size_t) (-1))
+ {
+ outbuf = (unsigned char *) outptr;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (errno != E2BIG)
+ {
+ __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+ goto converted;
+ }
+# endif
+# endif
+
+ resize_freemem:
+ /* We must allocate a new buffer or resize the old one. */
+ if (malloc_count > 0)
+ {
+ ++malloc_count;
+ freemem_size = malloc_count * INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE;
+ newmem = (transmem_block_t *) realloc (transmem_list,
+ freemem_size);
+# ifdef _LIBC
+ if (newmem != NULL)
+ transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
+ else
+ {
+ struct transmem_list *old = transmem_list;
+
+ transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
+ free (old);
+ }
+# endif
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ malloc_count = 1;
+ freemem_size = INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE;
+ newmem = (transmem_block_t *) malloc (freemem_size);
+ }
+ if (__builtin_expect (newmem == NULL, 0))
+ {
+ freemem = NULL;
+ freemem_size = 0;
+ __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+ goto converted;
+ }
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+ /* Add the block to the list of blocks we have to free
+ at some point. */
+ newmem->next = transmem_list;
+ transmem_list = newmem;
+
+ freemem = newmem->data;
+ freemem_size -= offsetof (struct transmem_list, data);
+# else
+ transmem_list = newmem;
+ freemem = newmem;
+# endif
+
+ outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t);
+ }
+
+ /* We have now in our buffer a converted string. Put this
+ into the table of conversions. */
+ *(size_t *) freemem = outbuf - freemem - sizeof (size_t);
+ domain->conv_tab[act] = (char *) freemem;
+ /* Shrink freemem, but keep it aligned. */
+ freemem_size -= outbuf - freemem;
+ freemem = outbuf;
+ freemem += freemem_size & (alignof (size_t) - 1);
+ freemem_size = freemem_size & ~ (alignof (size_t) - 1);
+
+ __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+ }
+
+ /* Now domain->conv_tab[act] contains the translation of all
+ the plural variants. */
+ result = domain->conv_tab[act] + sizeof (size_t);
+ resultlen = *(size_t *) domain->conv_tab[act];
+ }
+
+ converted:
+ /* The result string is converted. */
+
+#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */
+
+ *lengthp = resultlen;
+ return result;
+}
+
+
+/* Look up a plural variant. */
+static char *
+internal_function
+plural_lookup (domain, n, translation, translation_len)
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
+ unsigned long int n;
+ const char *translation;
+ size_t translation_len;
+{
+ struct loaded_domain *domaindata = (struct loaded_domain *) domain->data;
+ unsigned long int index;
+ const char *p;
+
+ index = plural_eval (domaindata->plural, n);
+ if (index >= domaindata->nplurals)
+ /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression and the
+ given maximum value do not match. */
+ index = 0;
+
+ /* Skip INDEX strings at TRANSLATION. */
+ p = translation;
+ while (index-- > 0)
+ {
+#ifdef _LIBC
+ p = __rawmemchr (p, '\0');
+#else
+ p = strchr (p, '\0');
+#endif
+ /* And skip over the NUL byte. */
+ p++;
+
+ if (p >= translation + translation_len)
+ /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression
+ evaluated to a value larger than the number of variants
+ available for MSGID1. */
+ return (char *) translation;
+ }
+ return (char *) p;
+}
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+/* Return string representation of locale CATEGORY. */
+static const char *
+internal_function
+category_to_name (category)
+ int category;
+{
+ const char *retval;
+
+ switch (category)
+ {
+#ifdef LC_COLLATE
+ case LC_COLLATE:
+ retval = "LC_COLLATE";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_CTYPE
+ case LC_CTYPE:
+ retval = "LC_CTYPE";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_MONETARY
+ case LC_MONETARY:
+ retval = "LC_MONETARY";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_NUMERIC
+ case LC_NUMERIC:
+ retval = "LC_NUMERIC";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_TIME
+ case LC_TIME:
+ retval = "LC_TIME";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_MESSAGES
+ case LC_MESSAGES:
+ retval = "LC_MESSAGES";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_RESPONSE
+ case LC_RESPONSE:
+ retval = "LC_RESPONSE";
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_ALL
+ case LC_ALL:
+ /* This might not make sense but is perhaps better than any other
+ value. */
+ retval = "LC_ALL";
+ break;
+#endif
+ default:
+ /* If you have a better idea for a default value let me know. */
+ retval = "LC_XXX";
+ }
+
+ return retval;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Guess value of current locale from value of the environment variables. */
+static const char *
+internal_function
+guess_category_value (category, categoryname)
+ int category;
+ const char *categoryname;
+{
+ const char *language;
+ const char *retval;
+
+ /* The highest priority value is the `LANGUAGE' environment
+ variable. But we don't use the value if the currently selected
+ locale is the C locale. This is a GNU extension. */
+ language = getenv ("LANGUAGE");
+ if (language != NULL && language[0] == '\0')
+ language = NULL;
+
+ /* We have to proceed with the POSIX methods of looking to `LC_ALL',
+ `LC_xxx', and `LANG'. On some systems this can be done by the
+ `setlocale' function itself. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+ retval = __current_locale_name (category);
+#else
+ retval = _nl_locale_name (category, categoryname);
+#endif
+
+ /* Ignore LANGUAGE if the locale is set to "C" because
+ 1. "C" locale usually uses the ASCII encoding, and most international
+ messages use non-ASCII characters. These characters get displayed
+ as question marks (if using glibc's iconv()) or as invalid 8-bit
+ characters (because other iconv()s refuse to convert most non-ASCII
+ characters to ASCII). In any case, the output is ugly.
+ 2. The precise output of some programs in the "C" locale is specified
+ by POSIX and should not depend on environment variables like
+ "LANGUAGE". We allow such programs to use gettext(). */
+ return language != NULL && strcmp (retval, "C") != 0 ? language : retval;
+}
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we
+ avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this
+ function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
+ to be defined. */
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *
+stpcpy (dest, src)
+ char *dest;
+ const char *src;
+{
+ while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
+ /* Do nothing. */ ;
+ return dest - 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_MEMPCPY
+static void *
+mempcpy (dest, src, n)
+ void *dest;
+ const void *src;
+ size_t n;
+{
+ return (void *) ((char *) memcpy (dest, src, n) + n);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* If we want to free all resources we have to do some work at
+ program's end. */
+libc_freeres_fn (free_mem)
+{
+ void *old;
+
+ while (_nl_domain_bindings != NULL)
+ {
+ struct binding *oldp = _nl_domain_bindings;
+ _nl_domain_bindings = _nl_domain_bindings->next;
+ if (oldp->dirname != INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname))
+ /* Yes, this is a pointer comparison. */
+ free (oldp->dirname);
+ free (oldp->codeset);
+ free (oldp);
+ }
+
+ if (_nl_current_default_domain != _nl_default_default_domain)
+ /* Yes, again a pointer comparison. */
+ free ((char *) _nl_current_default_domain);
+
+ /* Remove the search tree with the known translations. */
+ __tdestroy (root, free);
+ root = NULL;
+
+ while (transmem_list != NULL)
+ {
+ old = transmem_list;
+ transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
+ free (old);
+ }
+}
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+ USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
+#else
+# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext
+# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+ locale. */
+char *
+DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *msgid1;
+ const char *msgid2;
+ unsigned long int n;
+ int category;
+{
+ return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
+weak_alias (__dcngettext, dcngettext);
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+ USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DGETTEXT __dgettext
+# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext)
+#else
+# define DGETTEXT libintl_dgettext
+# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale. */
+char *
+DGETTEXT (domainname, msgid)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *msgid;
+{
+ return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
+weak_alias (__dgettext, dgettext);
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+ USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DNGETTEXT __dngettext
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+#else
+# define DNGETTEXT libintl_dngettext
+# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form. */
+char *
+DNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *msgid1;
+ const char *msgid2;
+ unsigned long int n;
+{
+ return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
+weak_alias (__dngettext, dngettext);
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/* Plural expression evaluation.
+ Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+ USA. */
+
+#ifndef STATIC
+#define STATIC static
+#endif
+
+/* Evaluate the plural expression and return an index value. */
+STATIC unsigned long int plural_eval PARAMS ((struct expression *pexp,
+ unsigned long int n))
+ internal_function;
+
+STATIC
+unsigned long int
+internal_function
+plural_eval (pexp, n)
+ struct expression *pexp;
+ unsigned long int n;
+{
+ switch (pexp->nargs)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ switch (pexp->operation)
+ {
+ case var:
+ return n;
+ case num:
+ return pexp->val.num;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ {
+ /* pexp->operation must be lnot. */
+ unsigned long int arg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
+ return ! arg;
+ }
+ case 2:
+ {
+ unsigned long int leftarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
+ if (pexp->operation == lor)
+ return leftarg || plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
+ else if (pexp->operation == land)
+ return leftarg && plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
+ else
+ {
+ unsigned long int rightarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
+
+ switch (pexp->operation)
+ {
+ case mult:
+ return leftarg * rightarg;
+ case divide:
+#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE
+ if (rightarg == 0)
+ raise (SIGFPE);
+#endif
+ return leftarg / rightarg;
+ case module:
+#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE
+ if (rightarg == 0)
+ raise (SIGFPE);
+#endif
+ return leftarg % rightarg;
+ case plus:
+ return leftarg + rightarg;
+ case minus:
+ return leftarg - rightarg;
+ case less_than:
+ return leftarg < rightarg;
+ case greater_than:
+ return leftarg > rightarg;
+ case less_or_equal:
+ return leftarg <= rightarg;
+ case greater_or_equal:
+ return leftarg >= rightarg;
+ case equal:
+ return leftarg == rightarg;
+ case not_equal:
+ return leftarg != rightarg;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ break;
+ }
+ case 3:
+ {
+ /* pexp->operation must be qmop. */
+ unsigned long int boolarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
+ return plural_eval (pexp->val.args[boolarg ? 1 : 2], n);
+ }
+ }
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ return 0;
+}
--- /dev/null
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+ USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include "loadinfo.h"
+
+/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */
+#ifndef NULL
+# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+# define NULL ((void *) 0)
+# else
+# define NULL 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+char *
+_nl_find_language (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ while (name[0] != '\0' && name[0] != '_' && name[0] != '@'
+ && name[0] != '+' && name[0] != ',')
+ ++name;
+
+ return (char *) name;
+}
+
+
+int
+_nl_explode_name (name, language, modifier, territory, codeset,
+ normalized_codeset, special, sponsor, revision)
+ char *name;
+ const char **language;
+ const char **modifier;
+ const char **territory;
+ const char **codeset;
+ const char **normalized_codeset;
+ const char **special;
+ const char **sponsor;
+ const char **revision;
+{
+ enum { undecided, xpg, cen } syntax;
+ char *cp;
+ int mask;
+
+ *modifier = NULL;
+ *territory = NULL;
+ *codeset = NULL;
+ *normalized_codeset = NULL;
+ *special = NULL;
+ *sponsor = NULL;
+ *revision = NULL;
+
+ /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First
+ look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
+ we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */
+ mask = 0;
+ syntax = undecided;
+ *language = cp = name;
+ cp = _nl_find_language (*language);
+
+ if (*language == cp)
+ /* This does not make sense: language has to be specified. Use
+ this entry as it is without exploding. Perhaps it is an alias. */
+ cp = strchr (*language, '\0');
+ else if (cp[0] == '_')
+ {
+ /* Next is the territory. */
+ cp[0] = '\0';
+ *territory = ++cp;
+
+ while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@'
+ && cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
+ ++cp;
+
+ mask |= TERRITORY;
+
+ if (cp[0] == '.')
+ {
+ /* Next is the codeset. */
+ syntax = xpg;
+ cp[0] = '\0';
+ *codeset = ++cp;
+
+ while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '@')
+ ++cp;
+
+ mask |= XPG_CODESET;
+
+ if (*codeset != cp && (*codeset)[0] != '\0')
+ {
+ *normalized_codeset = _nl_normalize_codeset (*codeset,
+ cp - *codeset);
+ if (strcmp (*codeset, *normalized_codeset) == 0)
+ free ((char *) *normalized_codeset);
+ else
+ mask |= XPG_NORM_CODESET;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (cp[0] == '@' || (syntax != xpg && cp[0] == '+'))
+ {
+ /* Next is the modifier. */
+ syntax = cp[0] == '@' ? xpg : cen;
+ cp[0] = '\0';
+ *modifier = ++cp;
+
+ while (syntax == cen && cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '+'
+ && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
+ ++cp;
+
+ mask |= XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE;
+ }
+
+ if (syntax != xpg && (cp[0] == '+' || cp[0] == ',' || cp[0] == '_'))
+ {
+ syntax = cen;
+
+ if (cp[0] == '+')
+ {
+ /* Next is special application (CEN syntax). */
+ cp[0] = '\0';
+ *special = ++cp;
+
+ while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
+ ++cp;
+
+ mask |= CEN_SPECIAL;
+ }
+
+ if (cp[0] == ',')
+ {
+ /* Next is sponsor (CEN syntax). */
+ cp[0] = '\0';
+ *sponsor = ++cp;
+
+ while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '_')
+ ++cp;
+
+ mask |= CEN_SPONSOR;
+ }
+
+ if (cp[0] == '_')
+ {
+ /* Next is revision (CEN syntax). */
+ cp[0] = '\0';
+ *revision = ++cp;
+
+ mask |= CEN_REVISION;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* For CEN syntax values it might be important to have the
+ separator character in the file name, not for XPG syntax. */
+ if (syntax == xpg)
+ {
+ if (*territory != NULL && (*territory)[0] == '\0')
+ mask &= ~TERRITORY;
+
+ if (*codeset != NULL && (*codeset)[0] == '\0')
+ mask &= ~XPG_CODESET;
+
+ if (*modifier != NULL && (*modifier)[0] == '\0')
+ mask &= ~XPG_MODIFIER;
+ }
+
+ return mask;
+}
--- /dev/null
+/* Handle list of needed message catalogs
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+ USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+/* List of already loaded domains. */
+static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains;
+
+
+/* Return a data structure describing the message catalog described by
+ the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY parameters with respect to the currently
+ established bindings. */
+struct loaded_l10nfile *
+internal_function
+_nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname, domainbinding)
+ const char *dirname;
+ char *locale;
+ const char *domainname;
+ struct binding *domainbinding;
+{
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
+ const char *language;
+ const char *modifier;
+ const char *territory;
+ const char *codeset;
+ const char *normalized_codeset;
+ const char *special;
+ const char *sponsor;
+ const char *revision;
+ const char *alias_value;
+ int mask;
+
+ /* LOCALE can consist of up to four recognized parts for the XPG syntax:
+
+ language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier]
+
+ and six parts for the CEN syntax:
+
+ language[_territory][+audience][+special][,[sponsor][_revision]]
+
+ Beside the first part all of them are allowed to be missing. If
+ the full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are
+ looked for. The various parts will be stripped off according to
+ the following order:
+ (1) revision
+ (2) sponsor
+ (3) special
+ (4) codeset
+ (5) normalized codeset
+ (6) territory
+ (7) audience/modifier
+ */
+
+ /* If we have already tested for this locale entry there has to
+ be one data set in the list of loaded domains. */
+ retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
+ strlen (dirname) + 1, 0, locale, NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, domainname, 0);
+ if (retval != NULL)
+ {
+ /* We know something about this locale. */
+ int cnt;
+
+ if (retval->decided == 0)
+ _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
+
+ if (retval->data != NULL)
+ return retval;
+
+ for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
+ {
+ if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
+ _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
+
+ if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
+ break;
+ }
+ return cnt >= 0 ? retval : NULL;
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ }
+
+ /* See whether the locale value is an alias. If yes its value
+ *overwrites* the alias name. No test for the original value is
+ done. */
+ alias_value = _nl_expand_alias (locale);
+ if (alias_value != NULL)
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+ locale = strdup (alias_value);
+ if (locale == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+#else
+ size_t len = strlen (alias_value) + 1;
+ locale = (char *) malloc (len);
+ if (locale == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ memcpy (locale, alias_value, len);
+#endif
+ }
+
+ /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First
+ look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
+ we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */
+ mask = _nl_explode_name (locale, &language, &modifier, &territory,
+ &codeset, &normalized_codeset, &special,
+ &sponsor, &revision);
+
+ /* Create all possible locale entries which might be interested in
+ generalization. */
+ retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
+ strlen (dirname) + 1, mask, language, territory,
+ codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
+ sponsor, revision, domainname, 1);
+ if (retval == NULL)
+ /* This means we are out of core. */
+ return NULL;
+
+ if (retval->decided == 0)
+ _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
+ if (retval->data == NULL)
+ {
+ int cnt;
+ for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
+ {
+ if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
+ _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
+ if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* The room for an alias was dynamically allocated. Free it now. */
+ if (alias_value != NULL)
+ free (locale);
+
+ /* The space for normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated. Free it. */
+ if (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET)
+ free ((void *) normalized_codeset);
+
+ return retval;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+libc_freeres_fn (free_mem)
+{
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains;
+
+ while (runp != NULL)
+ {
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *here = runp;
+ if (runp->data != NULL)
+ _nl_unload_domain ((struct loaded_domain *) runp->data);
+ runp = runp->next;
+ free ((char *) here->filename);
+ free (here);
+ }
+}
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/* Implementation of gettext(3) function.
+ Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+ USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define __need_NULL
+# include <stddef.h>
+#else
+# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define GETTEXT __gettext
+# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext)
+#else
+# define GETTEXT libintl_gettext
+# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+ text). */
+char *
+GETTEXT (msgid)
+ const char *msgid;
+{
+ return DCGETTEXT (NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
+weak_alias (__gettext, gettext);
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/* Header describing internals of libintl library.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+ USA. */
+
+#ifndef _GETTEXTP_H
+#define _GETTEXTP_H
+
+#include <stddef.h> /* Get size_t. */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include "../iconv/gconv_int.h"
+#else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+# include <iconv.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include "loadinfo.h"
+
+#include "gmo.h" /* Get nls_uint32. */
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
+# define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+# define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef internal_function
+# define internal_function
+#endif
+
+#ifndef attribute_hidden
+# define attribute_hidden
+#endif
+
+/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
+ almost always true or almost always false. */
+#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
+# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef W
+# define W(flag, data) ((flag) ? SWAP (data) : (data))
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <byteswap.h>
+# define SWAP(i) bswap_32 (i)
+#else
+static inline nls_uint32
+SWAP (i)
+ nls_uint32 i;
+{
+ return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/* In-memory representation of system dependent string. */
+struct sysdep_string_desc
+{
+ /* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL. */
+ size_t length;
+ /* Pointer to addressed string. */
+ const char *pointer;
+};
+
+/* The representation of an opened message catalog. */
+struct loaded_domain
+{
+ /* Pointer to memory containing the .mo file. */
+ const char *data;
+ /* 1 if the memory is mmap()ed, 0 if the memory is malloc()ed. */
+ int use_mmap;
+ /* Size of mmap()ed memory. */
+ size_t mmap_size;
+ /* 1 if the .mo file uses a different endianness than this machine. */
+ int must_swap;
+ /* Pointer to additional malloc()ed memory. */
+ void *malloced;
+
+ /* Number of static strings pairs. */
+ nls_uint32 nstrings;
+ /* Pointer to descriptors of original strings in the file. */
+ const struct string_desc *orig_tab;
+ /* Pointer to descriptors of translated strings in the file. */
+ const struct string_desc *trans_tab;
+
+ /* Number of system dependent strings pairs. */
+ nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings;
+ /* Pointer to descriptors of original sysdep strings. */
+ const struct sysdep_string_desc *orig_sysdep_tab;
+ /* Pointer to descriptors of translated sysdep strings. */
+ const struct sysdep_string_desc *trans_sysdep_tab;
+
+ /* Size of hash table. */
+ nls_uint32 hash_size;
+ /* Pointer to hash table. */
+ const nls_uint32 *hash_tab;
+ /* 1 if the hash table uses a different endianness than this machine. */
+ int must_swap_hash_tab;
+
+ int codeset_cntr;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+ __gconv_t conv;
+#else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+ iconv_t conv;
+# endif
+#endif
+ char **conv_tab;
+
+ struct expression *plural;
+ unsigned long int nplurals;
+};
+
+/* We want to allocate a string at the end of the struct. But ISO C
+ doesn't allow zero sized arrays. */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define ZERO 0
+#else
+# define ZERO 1
+#endif
+
+/* A set of settings bound to a message domain. Used to store settings
+ from bindtextdomain() and bind_textdomain_codeset(). */
+struct binding
+{
+ struct binding *next;
+ char *dirname;
+ int codeset_cntr; /* Incremented each time codeset changes. */
+ char *codeset;
+ char domainname[ZERO];
+};
+
+/* A counter which is incremented each time some previous translations
+ become invalid.
+ This variable is part of the external ABI of the GNU libintl. */
+extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+const char *_nl_locale_name PARAMS ((int category, const char *categoryname));
+#endif
+
+struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain PARAMS ((const char *__dirname,
+ char *__locale,
+ const char *__domainname,
+ struct binding *__domainbinding))
+ internal_function;
+void _nl_load_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain,
+ struct binding *__domainbinding))
+ internal_function;
+void _nl_unload_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
+ internal_function;
+const char *_nl_init_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain_file,
+ struct loaded_domain *__domain,
+ struct binding *__domainbinding))
+ internal_function;
+void _nl_free_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
+ internal_function;
+
+char *_nl_find_msg PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
+ struct binding *domainbinding,
+ const char *msgid, size_t *lengthp))
+ internal_function;
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+extern char *__gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
+extern char *__dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid));
+extern char *__dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid, int __category));
+extern char *__ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+ unsigned long int __n));
+extern char *__dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+ unsigned long int n));
+extern char *__dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+ unsigned long int __n, int __category));
+extern char *__dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+ int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
+ int __category));
+extern char *__textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
+extern char *__bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__dirname));
+extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__codeset));
+#else
+/* Declare the exported libintl_* functions, in a way that allows us to
+ call them under their real name. */
+# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+extern char *libintl_dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid1,
+ const char *__msgid2,
+ int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
+ int __category));
+#endif
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+#endif /* gettextP.h */
--- /dev/null
+/* Description of GNU message catalog format: general file layout.
+ Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+ USA. */
+
+#ifndef _GETTEXT_H
+#define _GETTEXT_H 1
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format. */
+#define _MAGIC 0x950412de
+#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495
+
+/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format. */
+#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0
+
+/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor
+ to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An
+ alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but
+ as of version autoconf-2.13, the AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro doesn't work
+ when cross-compiling. */
+
+#if __STDC__
+# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U
+#else
+# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF
+#endif
+
+/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type.
+ This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because
+ that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems
+ (that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types. */
+
+#ifndef UINT_MAX
+# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+#endif
+
+#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+typedef unsigned nls_uint32;
+#else
+# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+typedef unsigned short nls_uint32;
+# else
+# if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+typedef unsigned long nls_uint32;
+# else
+ /* The following line is intended to throw an error. Using #error is
+ not portable enough. */
+ "Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type."
+# endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Header for binary .mo file format. */
+struct mo_file_header
+{
+ /* The magic number. */
+ nls_uint32 magic;
+ /* The revision number of the file format. */
+ nls_uint32 revision;
+
+ /* The following are only used in .mo files with major revision 0. */
+
+ /* The number of strings pairs. */
+ nls_uint32 nstrings;
+ /* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings. */
+ nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset;
+ /* Offset of table with start offsets of translated strings. */
+ nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset;
+ /* Size of hash table. */
+ nls_uint32 hash_tab_size;
+ /* Offset of first hash table entry. */
+ nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset;
+
+ /* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1. */
+
+ /* The number of system dependent segments. */
+ nls_uint32 n_sysdep_segments;
+ /* Offset of table describing system dependent segments. */
+ nls_uint32 sysdep_segments_offset;
+ /* The number of system dependent strings pairs. */
+ nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings;
+ /* Offset of table with start offsets of original sysdep strings. */
+ nls_uint32 orig_sysdep_tab_offset;
+ /* Offset of table with start offsets of translated sysdep strings. */
+ nls_uint32 trans_sysdep_tab_offset;
+};
+
+/* Descriptor for static string contained in the binary .mo file. */
+struct string_desc
+{
+ /* Length of addressed string, not including the trailing NUL. */
+ nls_uint32 length;
+ /* Offset of string in file. */
+ nls_uint32 offset;
+};
+
+/* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1. */
+
+/* Descriptor for system dependent string segment. */
+struct sysdep_segment
+{
+ /* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL. */
+ nls_uint32 length;
+ /* Offset of string in file. */
+ nls_uint32 offset;
+};
+
+/* Descriptor for system dependent string. */
+struct sysdep_string
+{
+ /* Offset of static string segments in file. */
+ nls_uint32 offset;
+ /* Alternating sequence of static and system dependent segments.
+ The last segment is a static segment, including the trailing NUL. */
+ struct segment_pair
+ {
+ /* Size of static segment. */
+ nls_uint32 segsize;
+ /* Reference to system dependent string segment, or ~0 at the end. */
+ nls_uint32 sysdepref;
+ } segments[1];
+};
+
+/* Marker for the end of the segments[] array. This has the value 0xFFFFFFFF,
+ regardless whether 'int' is 16 bit, 32 bit, or 64 bit. */
+#define SEGMENTS_END ((nls_uint32) ~0)
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+#endif /* gettext.h */
--- /dev/null
+/* Description of GNU message catalog format: string hashing function.
+ Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+ USA. */
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
+# define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+# define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits. */
+#define HASHWORDBITS 32
+
+
+/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger
+ [see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools,
+ 1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */
+static unsigned long int hash_string PARAMS ((const char *__str_param));
+
+static inline unsigned long int
+hash_string (str_param)
+ const char *str_param;
+{
+ unsigned long int hval, g;
+ const char *str = str_param;
+
+ /* Compute the hash value for the given string. */
+ hval = 0;
+ while (*str != '\0')
+ {
+ hval <<= 4;
+ hval += (unsigned long int) *str++;
+ g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4));
+ if (g != 0)
+ {
+ hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8);
+ hval ^= g;
+ }
+ }
+ return hval;
+}
--- /dev/null
+/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext
+ Library.
+ Copyright (C) 1995, 2000-2003 Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+ USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* This file redirects the gettext functions (without prefix) to those
+ defined in the included GNU libintl library (with "libintl_" prefix).
+ It is compiled into libintl in order to make the AM_GNU_GETTEXT test
+ of gettext <= 0.11.2 work with the libintl library >= 0.11.3 which
+ has the redirections primarily in the <libintl.h> include file.
+ It is also compiled into libgnuintl so that libgnuintl.so can be used
+ as LD_PRELOADable library on glibc systems, to provide the extra
+ features that the functions in the libc don't have (namely, logging). */
+
+
+#undef gettext
+#undef dgettext
+#undef dcgettext
+#undef ngettext
+#undef dngettext
+#undef dcngettext
+#undef textdomain
+#undef bindtextdomain
+#undef bind_textdomain_codeset
+
+
+/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because
+ the functions are only defined for binary backward compatibility, we
+ don't need to use __declspec(dllimport) in any case. */
+#if defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL
+# define DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport)
+#else
+# define DLL_EXPORTED
+#endif
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+gettext (msgid)
+ const char *msgid;
+{
+ return libintl_gettext (msgid);
+}
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+dgettext (domainname, msgid)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *msgid;
+{
+ return libintl_dgettext (domainname, msgid);
+}
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *msgid;
+ int category;
+{
+ return libintl_dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category);
+}
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n)
+ const char *msgid1;
+ const char *msgid2;
+ unsigned long int n;
+{
+ return libintl_ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n);
+}
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *msgid1;
+ const char *msgid2;
+ unsigned long int n;
+{
+ return libintl_dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n);
+}
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *msgid1;
+ const char *msgid2;
+ unsigned long int n;
+ int category;
+{
+ return libintl_dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category);
+}
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+textdomain (domainname)
+ const char *domainname;
+{
+ return libintl_textdomain (domainname);
+}
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *dirname;
+{
+ return libintl_bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname);
+}
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset)
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *codeset;
+{
+ return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+ USA. */
+
+/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for stpcpy().
+ This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+ <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H
+# include <argz.h>
+#endif
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "loadinfo.h"
+
+/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */
+#ifndef NULL
+# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+# define NULL ((void *) 0)
+# else
+# define NULL 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
+ because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
+ file and the name space must not be polluted. */
+# ifndef stpcpy
+# define stpcpy(dest, src) __stpcpy(dest, src)
+# endif
+#else
+# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Pathname support.
+ ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character.
+ IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) tests whether P is an absolute path. If it is not,
+ it may be concatenated to a directory pathname.
+ */
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+ /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
+# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
+ ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
+ && (P)[1] == ':')
+# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P))
+#else
+ /* Unix */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
+# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0])
+#endif
+
+/* Define function which are usually not available. */
+
+#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
+/* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ. */
+static size_t argz_count__ PARAMS ((const char *argz, size_t len));
+
+static size_t
+argz_count__ (argz, len)
+ const char *argz;
+ size_t len;
+{
+ size_t count = 0;
+ while (len > 0)
+ {
+ size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
+ argz += part_len + 1;
+ len -= part_len + 1;
+ count++;
+ }
+ return count;
+}
+# undef __argz_count
+# define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len)
+#else
+# ifdef _LIBC
+# define __argz_count(argz, len) INTUSE(__argz_count) (argz, len)
+# endif
+#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT */
+
+#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
+/* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's
+ except the last into the character SEP. */
+static void argz_stringify__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t len, int sep));
+
+static void
+argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
+ char *argz;
+ size_t len;
+ int sep;
+{
+ while (len > 0)
+ {
+ size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
+ argz += part_len;
+ len -= part_len + 1;
+ if (len > 0)
+ *argz++ = sep;
+ }
+}
+# undef __argz_stringify
+# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
+#else
+# ifdef _LIBC
+# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) \
+ INTUSE(__argz_stringify) (argz, len, sep)
+# endif
+#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY */
+
+#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
+static char *argz_next__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t argz_len,
+ const char *entry));
+
+static char *
+argz_next__ (argz, argz_len, entry)
+ char *argz;
+ size_t argz_len;
+ const char *entry;
+{
+ if (entry)
+ {
+ if (entry < argz + argz_len)
+ entry = strchr (entry, '\0') + 1;
+
+ return entry >= argz + argz_len ? NULL : (char *) entry;
+ }
+ else
+ if (argz_len > 0)
+ return argz;
+ else
+ return 0;
+}
+# undef __argz_next
+# define __argz_next(argz, len, entry) argz_next__ (argz, len, entry)
+#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT */
+
+
+/* Return number of bits set in X. */
+static int pop PARAMS ((int x));
+
+static inline int
+pop (x)
+ int x;
+{
+ /* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used. */
+ x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555);
+ x = ((x & ~0x3333) >> 2) + (x & 0x3333);
+ x = ((x >> 4) + x) & 0x0f0f;
+ x = ((x >> 8) + x) & 0xff;
+
+ return x;
+}
+
+\f
+struct loaded_l10nfile *
+_nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language,
+ territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
+ sponsor, revision, filename, do_allocate)
+ struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list;
+ const char *dirlist;
+ size_t dirlist_len;
+ int mask;
+ const char *language;
+ const char *territory;
+ const char *codeset;
+ const char *normalized_codeset;
+ const char *modifier;
+ const char *special;
+ const char *sponsor;
+ const char *revision;
+ const char *filename;
+ int do_allocate;
+{
+ char *abs_filename;
+ struct loaded_l10nfile **lastp;
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
+ char *cp;
+ size_t dirlist_count;
+ size_t entries;
+ int cnt;
+
+ /* If LANGUAGE contains an absolute directory specification, we ignore
+ DIRLIST. */
+ if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (language))
+ dirlist_len = 0;
+
+ /* Allocate room for the full file name. */
+ abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len
+ + strlen (language)
+ + ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0
+ ? strlen (territory) + 1 : 0)
+ + ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
+ ? strlen (codeset) + 1 : 0)
+ + ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0
+ ? strlen (normalized_codeset) + 1 : 0)
+ + (((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0
+ || (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0)
+ ? strlen (modifier) + 1 : 0)
+ + ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0
+ ? strlen (special) + 1 : 0)
+ + (((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
+ || (mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
+ ? (1 + ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
+ ? strlen (sponsor) : 0)
+ + ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0
+ ? strlen (revision) + 1 : 0)) : 0)
+ + 1 + strlen (filename) + 1);
+
+ if (abs_filename == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ /* Construct file name. */
+ cp = abs_filename;
+ if (dirlist_len > 0)
+ {
+ memcpy (cp, dirlist, dirlist_len);
+ __argz_stringify (cp, dirlist_len, PATH_SEPARATOR);
+ cp += dirlist_len;
+ cp[-1] = '/';
+ }
+
+ cp = stpcpy (cp, language);
+
+ if ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0)
+ {
+ *cp++ = '_';
+ cp = stpcpy (cp, territory);
+ }
+ if ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0)
+ {
+ *cp++ = '.';
+ cp = stpcpy (cp, codeset);
+ }
+ if ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)
+ {
+ *cp++ = '.';
+ cp = stpcpy (cp, normalized_codeset);
+ }
+ if ((mask & (XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE)) != 0)
+ {
+ /* This component can be part of both syntaces but has different
+ leading characters. For CEN we use `+', else `@'. */
+ *cp++ = (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0 ? '+' : '@';
+ cp = stpcpy (cp, modifier);
+ }
+ if ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0)
+ {
+ *cp++ = '+';
+ cp = stpcpy (cp, special);
+ }
+ if ((mask & (CEN_SPONSOR | CEN_REVISION)) != 0)
+ {
+ *cp++ = ',';
+ if ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0)
+ cp = stpcpy (cp, sponsor);
+ if ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
+ {
+ *cp++ = '_';
+ cp = stpcpy (cp, revision);
+ }
+ }
+
+ *cp++ = '/';
+ stpcpy (cp, filename);
+
+ /* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already
+ available. */
+ lastp = l10nfile_list;
+ for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next)
+ if (retval->filename != NULL)
+ {
+ int compare = strcmp (retval->filename, abs_filename);
+ if (compare == 0)
+ /* We found it! */
+ break;
+ if (compare < 0)
+ {
+ /* It's not in the list. */
+ retval = NULL;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ lastp = &retval->next;
+ }
+
+ if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0)
+ {
+ free (abs_filename);
+ return retval;
+ }
+
+ dirlist_count = (dirlist_len > 0 ? __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) : 1);
+
+ /* Allocate a new loaded_l10nfile. */
+ retval =
+ (struct loaded_l10nfile *)
+ malloc (sizeof (*retval)
+ + (((dirlist_count << pop (mask)) + (dirlist_count > 1 ? 1 : 0))
+ * sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *)));
+ if (retval == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ retval->filename = abs_filename;
+
+ /* We set retval->data to NULL here; it is filled in later.
+ Setting retval->decided to 1 here means that retval does not
+ correspond to a real file (dirlist_count > 1) or is not worth
+ looking up (if an unnormalized codeset was specified). */
+ retval->decided = (dirlist_count > 1
+ || ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
+ && (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0));
+ retval->data = NULL;
+
+ retval->next = *lastp;
+ *lastp = retval;
+
+ entries = 0;
+ /* Recurse to fill the inheritance list of RETVAL.
+ If the DIRLIST is a real list (i.e. DIRLIST_COUNT > 1), the RETVAL
+ entry does not correspond to a real file; retval->filename contains
+ colons. In this case we loop across all elements of DIRLIST and
+ across all bit patterns dominated by MASK.
+ If the DIRLIST is a single directory or entirely redundant (i.e.
+ DIRLIST_COUNT == 1), we loop across all bit patterns dominated by
+ MASK, excluding MASK itself.
+ In either case, we loop down from MASK to 0. This has the effect
+ that the extra bits in the locale name are dropped in this order:
+ first the modifier, then the territory, then the codeset, then the
+ normalized_codeset. */
+ for (cnt = dirlist_count > 1 ? mask : mask - 1; cnt >= 0; --cnt)
+ if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0
+ && ((cnt & CEN_SPECIFIC) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_SPECIFIC) == 0)
+ && ((cnt & XPG_CODESET) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) == 0))
+ {
+ if (dirlist_count > 1)
+ {
+ /* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST. */
+ char *dir = NULL;
+
+ while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir))
+ != NULL)
+ retval->successor[entries++]
+ = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1,
+ cnt, language, territory, codeset,
+ normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
+ sponsor, revision, filename, 1);
+ }
+ else
+ retval->successor[entries++]
+ = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len,
+ cnt, language, territory, codeset,
+ normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
+ sponsor, revision, filename, 1);
+ }
+ retval->successor[entries] = NULL;
+
+ return retval;
+}
+\f
+/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset
+ names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
+ names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
+ freed by the caller. */
+const char *
+_nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len)
+ const char *codeset;
+ size_t name_len;
+{
+ int len = 0;
+ int only_digit = 1;
+ char *retval;
+ char *wp;
+ size_t cnt;
+
+ for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
+ if (isalnum ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
+ {
+ ++len;
+
+ if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
+ only_digit = 0;
+ }
+
+ retval = (char *) malloc ((only_digit ? 3 : 0) + len + 1);
+
+ if (retval != NULL)
+ {
+ if (only_digit)
+ wp = stpcpy (retval, "iso");
+ else
+ wp = retval;
+
+ for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
+ if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
+ *wp++ = tolower ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]);
+ else if (isdigit ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
+ *wp++ = codeset[cnt];
+
+ *wp = '\0';
+ }
+
+ return (const char *) retval;
+}
+
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we
+ avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this
+ function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
+ to be defined. */
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *
+stpcpy (dest, src)
+ char *dest;
+ const char *src;
+{
+ while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
+ /* Do nothing. */ ;
+ return dest - 1;
+}
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+ USA. */
+
+#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
+#define _LIBINTL_H 1
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions
+ gettext() and dgettext(). It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C.
+ On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead.
+ On Solaris, <locale.h> defines __LOCALE_H (or _LOCALE_H in Solaris 2.5)
+ then includes <libintl.h> (i.e. this file!) and then only defines
+ LC_MESSAGES. To avoid a redefinition warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES
+ in this case. */
+#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !(defined __LOCALE_H || (defined _LOCALE_H && defined __sun))
+# define LC_MESSAGES 1729
+#endif
+
+/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
+ implementation of gettext. */
+#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
+
+/* Provide information about the supported file formats. Returns the
+ maximum minor revision number supported for a given major revision. */
+#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) \
+ ((major) == 0 ? 1 : -1)
+
+/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP. GNU gettext takes
+ precedence over _conio_gettext. */
+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+# undef gettext
+#endif
+
+/* Use _INTL_PARAMS, not PARAMS, in order to avoid clashes with identifiers
+ used by programs. Similarly, test __PROTOTYPES, not PROTOTYPES. */
+#ifndef _INTL_PARAMS
+# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
+# define _INTL_PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+# define _INTL_PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* We redirect the functions to those prefixed with "libintl_". This is
+ necessary, because some systems define gettext/textdomain/... in the C
+ library (namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer).
+ If we used the unprefixed names, there would be cases where the
+ definition in the C library would override the one in the libintl.so
+ shared library. Recall that on ELF systems, the symbols are looked
+ up in the following order:
+ 1. in the executable,
+ 2. in the shared libraries specified on the link command line, in order,
+ 3. in the dependencies of the shared libraries specified on the link
+ command line,
+ 4. in the dlopen()ed shared libraries, in the order in which they were
+ dlopen()ed.
+ The definition in the C library would override the one in libintl.so if
+ either
+ * -lc is given on the link command line and -lintl isn't, or
+ * -lc is given on the link command line before -lintl, or
+ * libintl.so is a dependency of a dlopen()ed shared library but not
+ linked to the executable at link time.
+ Since Solaris gettext() behaves differently than GNU gettext(), this
+ would be unacceptable.
+
+ The redirection happens by default through macros in C, so that &gettext
+ is independent of the compilation unit, but through inline functions in
+ C++, in order not to interfere with the name mangling of class fields or
+ class methods called 'gettext'. */
+
+/* The user can define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE or _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS.
+ If he doesn't, we choose the method. A third possible method is
+ _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM, supported only by GCC. */
+#if !(defined _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE || defined _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS)
+# if __GNUC__ >= 2 && !defined __APPLE_CC__ && (defined __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus)
+# define _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM
+# else
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+# define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+# else
+# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# endif
+# endif
+#endif
+/* Auxiliary macros. */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM
+# define _INTL_ASM(cname) __asm__ (_INTL_ASMNAME (__USER_LABEL_PREFIX__, #cname))
+# define _INTL_ASMNAME(prefix,cnamestring) _INTL_STRINGIFY (prefix) cnamestring
+# define _INTL_STRINGIFY(prefix) #prefix
+#else
+# define _INTL_ASM(cname)
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+ text). */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_gettext (const char *__msgid);
+static inline char *gettext (const char *__msgid)
+{
+ return libintl_gettext (__msgid);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define gettext libintl_gettext
+#endif
+extern char *gettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__msgid))
+ _INTL_ASM (libintl_gettext);
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale. */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid);
+static inline char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)
+{
+ return libintl_dgettext (__domainname, __msgid);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define dgettext libintl_dgettext
+#endif
+extern char *dgettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid))
+ _INTL_ASM (libintl_dgettext);
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+ locale. */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
+ int __category);
+static inline char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
+ int __category)
+{
+ return libintl_dcgettext (__domainname, __msgid, __category);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define dcgettext libintl_dcgettext
+#endif
+extern char *dcgettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid,
+ int __category))
+ _INTL_ASM (libintl_dcgettext);
+#endif
+
+
+/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+ number N. */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+ unsigned long int __n);
+static inline char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+ unsigned long int __n)
+{
+ return libintl_ngettext (__msgid1, __msgid2, __n);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define ngettext libintl_ngettext
+#endif
+extern char *ngettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1,
+ const char *__msgid2,
+ unsigned long int __n))
+ _INTL_ASM (libintl_ngettext);
+#endif
+
+/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+ number N. */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
+ const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n);
+static inline char *dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
+ const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n)
+{
+ return libintl_dngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define dngettext libintl_dngettext
+#endif
+extern char *dngettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid1,
+ const char *__msgid2,
+ unsigned long int __n))
+ _INTL_ASM (libintl_dngettext);
+#endif
+
+/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+ number N. */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+ unsigned long int __n, int __category);
+static inline char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+ unsigned long int __n, int __category)
+{
+ return libintl_dcngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n, __category);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define dcngettext libintl_dcngettext
+#endif
+extern char *dcngettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__msgid1,
+ const char *__msgid2,
+ unsigned long int __n,
+ int __category))
+ _INTL_ASM (libintl_dcngettext);
+#endif
+
+
+/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
+ If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
+ If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_textdomain (const char *__domainname);
+static inline char *textdomain (const char *__domainname)
+{
+ return libintl_textdomain (__domainname);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define textdomain libintl_textdomain
+#endif
+extern char *textdomain _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname))
+ _INTL_ASM (libintl_textdomain);
+#endif
+
+/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
+ in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__dirname);
+static inline char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__dirname)
+{
+ return libintl_bindtextdomain (__domainname, __dirname);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define bindtextdomain libintl_bindtextdomain
+#endif
+extern char *bindtextdomain _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__dirname))
+ _INTL_ASM (libintl_bindtextdomain);
+#endif
+
+/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
+ DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__codeset);
+static inline char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__codeset)
+{
+ return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (__domainname, __codeset);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define bind_textdomain_codeset libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset
+#endif
+extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+ const char *__codeset))
+ _INTL_ASM (libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset);
+#endif
+
+
+/* Support for relocatable packages. */
+
+/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package.
+ Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
+ by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
+ prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
+ instead of "/"). */
+#define libintl_set_relocation_prefix libintl_set_relocation_prefix
+extern void
+ libintl_set_relocation_prefix _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *orig_prefix,
+ const char *curr_prefix));
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* libintl.h */
--- /dev/null
+/* Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+ Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+ USA. */
+
+#ifndef _LOADINFO_H
+#define _LOADINFO_H 1
+
+/* Declarations of locale dependent catalog lookup functions.
+ Implemented in
+
+ localealias.c Possibly replace a locale name by another.
+ explodename.c Split a locale name into its various fields.
+ l10nflist.c Generate a list of filenames of possible message catalogs.
+ finddomain.c Find and open the relevant message catalogs.
+
+ The main function _nl_find_domain() in finddomain.c is declared
+ in gettextP.h.
+ */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
+# define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+# define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef internal_function
+# define internal_function
+#endif
+
+/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
+ almost always true or almost always false. */
+#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
+# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
+#endif
+
+/* Separator in PATH like lists of pathnames. */
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+ /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
+# define PATH_SEPARATOR ';'
+#else
+ /* Unix */
+# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':'
+#endif
+
+/* Encoding of locale name parts. */
+#define CEN_REVISION 1
+#define CEN_SPONSOR 2
+#define CEN_SPECIAL 4
+#define XPG_NORM_CODESET 8
+#define XPG_CODESET 16
+#define TERRITORY 32
+#define CEN_AUDIENCE 64
+#define XPG_MODIFIER 128
+
+#define CEN_SPECIFIC (CEN_REVISION|CEN_SPONSOR|CEN_SPECIAL|CEN_AUDIENCE)
+#define XPG_SPECIFIC (XPG_CODESET|XPG_NORM_CODESET|XPG_MODIFIER)
+
+
+struct loaded_l10nfile
+{
+ const char *filename;
+ int decided;
+
+ const void *data;
+
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *next;
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *successor[1];
+};
+
+
+/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset
+ names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
+ names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
+ freed by the caller. */
+extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset PARAMS ((const char *codeset,
+ size_t name_len));
+
+/* Lookup a locale dependent file.
+ *L10NFILE_LIST denotes a pool of lookup results of locale dependent
+ files of the same kind, sorted in decreasing order of ->filename.
+ DIRLIST and DIRLIST_LEN are an argz list of directories in which to
+ look, containing at least one directory (i.e. DIRLIST_LEN > 0).
+ MASK, LANGUAGE, TERRITORY, CODESET, NORMALIZED_CODESET, MODIFIER,
+ SPECIAL, SPONSOR, REVISION are the pieces of the locale name, as
+ produced by _nl_explode_name(). FILENAME is the filename suffix.
+ The return value is the lookup result, either found in *L10NFILE_LIST,
+ or - if DO_ALLOCATE is nonzero - freshly allocated, or possibly NULL.
+ If the return value is non-NULL, it is added to *L10NFILE_LIST, and
+ its ->next field denotes the chaining inside *L10NFILE_LIST, and
+ furthermore its ->successor[] field contains a list of other lookup
+ results from which this lookup result inherits. */
+extern struct loaded_l10nfile *
+_nl_make_l10nflist PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
+ const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask,
+ const char *language, const char *territory,
+ const char *codeset,
+ const char *normalized_codeset,
+ const char *modifier, const char *special,
+ const char *sponsor, const char *revision,
+ const char *filename, int do_allocate));
+
+/* Lookup the real locale name for a locale alias NAME, or NULL if
+ NAME is not a locale alias (but possibly a real locale name).
+ The return value is statically allocated and must not be freed. */
+extern const char *_nl_expand_alias PARAMS ((const char *name));
+
+/* Split a locale name NAME into its pieces: language, modifier,
+ territory, codeset, special, sponsor, revision.
+ NAME gets destructively modified: NUL bytes are inserted here and
+ there. *LANGUAGE gets assigned NAME. Each of *MODIFIER, *TERRITORY,
+ *CODESET, *SPECIAL, *SPONSOR, *REVISION gets assigned either a
+ pointer into the old NAME string, or NULL. *NORMALIZED_CODESET
+ gets assigned the expanded *CODESET, if it is different from *CODESET;
+ this one is dynamically allocated and has to be freed by the caller.
+ The return value is a bitmask, where each bit corresponds to one
+ filled-in value:
+ XPG_MODIFIER, CEN_AUDIENCE for *MODIFIER,
+ TERRITORY for *TERRITORY,
+ XPG_CODESET for *CODESET,
+ XPG_NORM_CODESET for *NORMALIZED_CODESET,
+ CEN_SPECIAL for *SPECIAL,
+ CEN_SPONSOR for *SPONSOR,
+ CEN_REVISION for *REVISION.
+ */
+extern int _nl_explode_name PARAMS ((char *name, const char **language,
+ const char **modifier,
+ const char **territory,
+ const char **codeset,
+ const char **normalized_codeset,
+ const char **special,
+ const char **sponsor,
+ const char **revision));
+
+/* Split a locale name NAME into a leading language part and all the
+ rest. Return a pointer to the first character after the language,
+ i.e. to the first byte of the rest. */
+extern char *_nl_find_language PARAMS ((const char *name));
+
+#endif /* loadinfo.h */
--- /dev/null
+/* Load needed message catalogs.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+ USA. */
+
+/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
+ This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+ <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# undef alloca
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+#else
+# ifdef _MSC_VER
+# include <malloc.h>
+# define alloca _alloca
+# else
+# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <alloca.h>
+# else
+# ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+# else
+# ifndef alloca
+char *alloca ();
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <langinfo.h>
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
+ || (defined _LIBC && defined _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES)
+# include <sys/mman.h>
+# undef HAVE_MMAP
+# define HAVE_MMAP 1
+#else
+# undef HAVE_MMAP
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX || defined _LIBC
+# include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+#if defined HAVE_INTTYPES_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gmo.h"
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#include "hash-string.h"
+#include "plural-exp.h"
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Provide fallback values for macros that ought to be defined in <inttypes.h>.
+ Note that our fallback values need not be literal strings, because we don't
+ use them with preprocessor string concatenation. */
+#if !defined PRId8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRId8
+# define PRId8 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIi8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIi8
+# define PRIi8 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIo8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIo8
+# define PRIo8 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIu8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIu8
+# define PRIu8 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIx8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIx8
+# define PRIx8 "x"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIX8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIX8
+# define PRIX8 "X"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRId16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRId16
+# define PRId16 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIi16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIi16
+# define PRIi16 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIo16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIo16
+# define PRIo16 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIu16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIu16
+# define PRIu16 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIx16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIx16
+# define PRIx16 "x"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIX16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIX16
+# define PRIX16 "X"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRId32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRId32
+# define PRId32 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIi32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIi32
+# define PRIi32 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIo32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIo32
+# define PRIo32 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIu32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIu32
+# define PRIu32 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIx32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIx32
+# define PRIx32 "x"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIX32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIX32
+# define PRIX32 "X"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRId64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRId64
+# define PRId64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "ld" : "lld")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIi64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIi64
+# define PRIi64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "li" : "lli")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIo64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIo64
+# define PRIo64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lo" : "llo")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIu64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIu64
+# define PRIu64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lu" : "llu")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIx64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIx64
+# define PRIx64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lx" : "llx")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIX64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIX64
+# define PRIX64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lX" : "llX")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIdLEAST8
+# define PRIdLEAST8 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIiLEAST8
+# define PRIiLEAST8 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIoLEAST8
+# define PRIoLEAST8 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIuLEAST8
+# define PRIuLEAST8 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIxLEAST8
+# define PRIxLEAST8 "x"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIXLEAST8
+# define PRIXLEAST8 "X"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIdLEAST16
+# define PRIdLEAST16 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIiLEAST16
+# define PRIiLEAST16 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIoLEAST16
+# define PRIoLEAST16 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIuLEAST16
+# define PRIuLEAST16 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIxLEAST16
+# define PRIxLEAST16 "x"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIXLEAST16
+# define PRIXLEAST16 "X"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIdLEAST32
+# define PRIdLEAST32 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIiLEAST32
+# define PRIiLEAST32 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIoLEAST32
+# define PRIoLEAST32 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIuLEAST32
+# define PRIuLEAST32 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIxLEAST32
+# define PRIxLEAST32 "x"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIXLEAST32
+# define PRIXLEAST32 "X"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIdLEAST64
+# define PRIdLEAST64 PRId64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIiLEAST64
+# define PRIiLEAST64 PRIi64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIoLEAST64
+# define PRIoLEAST64 PRIo64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIuLEAST64
+# define PRIuLEAST64 PRIu64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIxLEAST64
+# define PRIxLEAST64 PRIx64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIXLEAST64
+# define PRIXLEAST64 PRIX64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIdFAST8
+# define PRIdFAST8 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIiFAST8
+# define PRIiFAST8 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIoFAST8
+# define PRIoFAST8 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIuFAST8
+# define PRIuFAST8 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIxFAST8
+# define PRIxFAST8 "x"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIXFAST8
+# define PRIXFAST8 "X"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIdFAST16
+# define PRIdFAST16 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIiFAST16
+# define PRIiFAST16 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIoFAST16
+# define PRIoFAST16 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIuFAST16
+# define PRIuFAST16 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIxFAST16
+# define PRIxFAST16 "x"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIXFAST16
+# define PRIXFAST16 "X"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIdFAST32
+# define PRIdFAST32 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIiFAST32
+# define PRIiFAST32 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIoFAST32
+# define PRIoFAST32 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIuFAST32
+# define PRIuFAST32 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIxFAST32
+# define PRIxFAST32 "x"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIXFAST32
+# define PRIXFAST32 "X"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIdFAST64
+# define PRIdFAST64 PRId64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIiFAST64
+# define PRIiFAST64 PRIi64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIoFAST64
+# define PRIoFAST64 PRIo64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIuFAST64
+# define PRIuFAST64 PRIu64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIxFAST64
+# define PRIxFAST64 PRIx64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIXFAST64
+# define PRIXFAST64 PRIX64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIdMAX
+# define PRIdMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "ld" : "lld")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIiMAX
+# define PRIiMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "li" : "lli")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIoMAX
+# define PRIoMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lo" : "llo")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIuMAX
+# define PRIuMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lu" : "llu")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIxMAX
+# define PRIxMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lx" : "llx")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIXMAX
+# define PRIXMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lX" : "llX")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIdPTR
+# define PRIdPTR \
+ (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "ld" : \
+ sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "d" : \
+ "lld")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIiPTR
+# define PRIiPTR \
+ (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "li" : \
+ sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "i" : \
+ "lli")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIoPTR
+# define PRIoPTR \
+ (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lo" : \
+ sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "o" : \
+ "llo")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIuPTR
+# define PRIuPTR \
+ (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lu" : \
+ sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "u" : \
+ "llu")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIxPTR
+# define PRIxPTR \
+ (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lx" : \
+ sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "x" : \
+ "llx")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIXPTR
+# define PRIXPTR \
+ (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lX" : \
+ sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "X" : \
+ "llX")
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ISO C functions. This is required by the standard
+ because some ISO C functions will require linking with this object
+ file and the name space must not be polluted. */
+# define open __open
+# define close __close
+# define read __read
+# define mmap __mmap
+# define munmap __munmap
+#endif
+
+/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
+ some additional code emulating it. */
+#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
+# define freea(p) /* nothing */
+#else
+# define alloca(n) malloc (n)
+# define freea(p) free (p)
+#endif
+
+/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O.
+ O_BINARY is usually declared in <fcntl.h>. */
+#if !defined O_BINARY && defined _O_BINARY
+ /* For MSC-compatible compilers. */
+# define O_BINARY _O_BINARY
+# define O_TEXT _O_TEXT
+#endif
+#ifdef __BEOS__
+ /* BeOS 5 has O_BINARY and O_TEXT, but they have no effect. */
+# undef O_BINARY
+# undef O_TEXT
+#endif
+/* On reasonable systems, binary I/O is the default. */
+#ifndef O_BINARY
+# define O_BINARY 0
+#endif
+
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions. Needed to ensure compiler checking of
+ function argument counts despite of K&R C function definition syntax. */
+static const char *get_sysdep_segment_value PARAMS ((const char *name));
+
+
+/* We need a sign, whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated
+ with all translations. This is important if the translations are
+ cached by one of GCC's features. */
+int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+
+/* Expand a system dependent string segment. Return NULL if unsupported. */
+static const char *
+get_sysdep_segment_value (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ /* Test for an ISO C 99 section 7.8.1 format string directive.
+ Syntax:
+ P R I { d | i | o | u | x | X }
+ { { | LEAST | FAST } { 8 | 16 | 32 | 64 } | MAX | PTR } */
+ /* We don't use a table of 14 times 6 'const char *' strings here, because
+ data relocations cost startup time. */
+ if (name[0] == 'P' && name[1] == 'R' && name[2] == 'I')
+ {
+ if (name[3] == 'd' || name[3] == 'i' || name[3] == 'o' || name[3] == 'u'
+ || name[3] == 'x' || name[3] == 'X')
+ {
+ if (name[4] == '8' && name[5] == '\0')
+ {
+ if (name[3] == 'd')
+ return PRId8;
+ if (name[3] == 'i')
+ return PRIi8;
+ if (name[3] == 'o')
+ return PRIo8;
+ if (name[3] == 'u')
+ return PRIu8;
+ if (name[3] == 'x')
+ return PRIx8;
+ if (name[3] == 'X')
+ return PRIX8;
+ abort ();
+ }
+ if (name[4] == '1' && name[5] == '6' && name[6] == '\0')
+ {
+ if (name[3] == 'd')
+ return PRId16;
+ if (name[3] == 'i')
+ return PRIi16;
+ if (name[3] == 'o')
+ return PRIo16;
+ if (name[3] == 'u')
+ return PRIu16;
+ if (name[3] == 'x')
+ return PRIx16;
+ if (name[3] == 'X')
+ return PRIX16;
+ abort ();
+ }
+ if (name[4] == '3' && name[5] == '2' && name[6] == '\0')
+ {
+ if (name[3] == 'd')
+ return PRId32;
+ if (name[3] == 'i')
+ return PRIi32;
+ if (name[3] == 'o')
+ return PRIo32;
+ if (name[3] == 'u')
+ return PRIu32;
+ if (name[3] == 'x')
+ return PRIx32;
+ if (name[3] == 'X')
+ return PRIX32;
+ abort ();
+ }
+ if (name[4] == '6' && name[5] == '4' && name[6] == '\0')
+ {
+ if (name[3] == 'd')
+ return PRId64;
+ if (name[3] == 'i')
+ return PRIi64;
+ if (name[3] == 'o')
+ return PRIo64;
+ if (name[3] == 'u')
+ return PRIu64;
+ if (name[3] == 'x')
+ return PRIx64;
+ if (name[3] == 'X')
+ return PRIX64;
+ abort ();
+ }
+ if (name[4] == 'L' && name[5] == 'E' && name[6] == 'A'
+ && name[7] == 'S' && name[8] == 'T')
+ {
+ if (name[9] == '8' && name[10] == '\0')
+ {
+ if (name[3] == 'd')
+ return PRIdLEAST8;
+ if (name[3] == 'i')
+ return PRIiLEAST8;
+ if (name[3] == 'o')
+ return PRIoLEAST8;
+ if (name[3] == 'u')
+ return PRIuLEAST8;
+ if (name[3] == 'x')
+ return PRIxLEAST8;
+ if (name[3] == 'X')
+ return PRIXLEAST8;
+ abort ();
+ }
+ if (name[9] == '1' && name[10] == '6' && name[11] == '\0')
+ {
+ if (name[3] == 'd')
+ return PRIdLEAST16;
+ if (name[3] == 'i')
+ return PRIiLEAST16;
+ if (name[3] == 'o')
+ return PRIoLEAST16;
+ if (name[3] == 'u')
+ return PRIuLEAST16;
+ if (name[3] == 'x')
+ return PRIxLEAST16;
+ if (name[3] == 'X')
+ return PRIXLEAST16;
+ abort ();
+ }
+ if (name[9] == '3' && name[10] == '2' && name[11] == '\0')
+ {
+ if (name[3] == 'd')
+ return PRIdLEAST32;
+ if (name[3] == 'i')
+ return PRIiLEAST32;
+ if (name[3] == 'o')
+ return PRIoLEAST32;
+ if (name[3] == 'u')
+ return PRIuLEAST32;
+ if (name[3] == 'x')
+ return PRIxLEAST32;
+ if (name[3] == 'X')
+ return PRIXLEAST32;
+ abort ();
+ }
+ if (name[9] == '6' && name[10] == '4' && name[11] == '\0')
+ {
+ if (name[3] == 'd')
+ return PRIdLEAST64;
+ if (name[3] == 'i')
+ return PRIiLEAST64;
+ if (name[3] == 'o')
+ return PRIoLEAST64;
+ if (name[3] == 'u')
+ return PRIuLEAST64;
+ if (name[3] == 'x')
+ return PRIxLEAST64;
+ if (name[3] == 'X')
+ return PRIXLEAST64;
+ abort ();
+ }
+ }
+ if (name[4] == 'F' && name[5] == 'A' && name[6] == 'S'
+ && name[7] == 'T')
+ {
+ if (name[8] == '8' && name[9] == '\0')
+ {
+ if (name[3] == 'd')
+ return PRIdFAST8;
+ if (name[3] == 'i')
+ return PRIiFAST8;
+ if (name[3] == 'o')
+ return PRIoFAST8;
+ if (name[3] == 'u')
+ return PRIuFAST8;
+ if (name[3] == 'x')
+ return PRIxFAST8;
+ if (name[3] == 'X')
+ return PRIXFAST8;
+ abort ();
+ }
+ if (name[8] == '1' && name[9] == '6' && name[10] == '\0')
+ {
+ if (name[3] == 'd')
+ return PRIdFAST16;
+ if (name[3] == 'i')
+ return PRIiFAST16;
+ if (name[3] == 'o')
+ return PRIoFAST16;
+ if (name[3] == 'u')
+ return PRIuFAST16;
+ if (name[3] == 'x')
+ return PRIxFAST16;
+ if (name[3] == 'X')
+ return PRIXFAST16;
+ abort ();
+ }
+ if (name[8] == '3' && name[9] == '2' && name[10] == '\0')
+ {
+ if (name[3] == 'd')
+ return PRIdFAST32;
+ if (name[3] == 'i')
+ return PRIiFAST32;
+ if (name[3] == 'o')
+ return PRIoFAST32;
+ if (name[3] == 'u')
+ return PRIuFAST32;
+ if (name[3] == 'x')
+ return PRIxFAST32;
+ if (name[3] == 'X')
+ return PRIXFAST32;
+ abort ();
+ }
+ if (name[8] == '6' && name[9] == '4' && name[10] == '\0')
+ {
+ if (name[3] == 'd')
+ return PRIdFAST64;
+ if (name[3] == 'i')
+ return PRIiFAST64;
+ if (name[3] == 'o')
+ return PRIoFAST64;
+ if (name[3] == 'u')
+ return PRIuFAST64;
+ if (name[3] == 'x')
+ return PRIxFAST64;
+ if (name[3] == 'X')
+ return PRIXFAST64;
+ abort ();
+ }
+ }
+ if (name[4] == 'M' && name[5] == 'A' && name[6] == 'X'
+ && name[7] == '\0')
+ {
+ if (name[3] == 'd')
+ return PRIdMAX;
+ if (name[3] == 'i')
+ return PRIiMAX;
+ if (name[3] == 'o')
+ return PRIoMAX;
+ if (name[3] == 'u')
+ return PRIuMAX;
+ if (name[3] == 'x')
+ return PRIxMAX;
+ if (name[3] == 'X')
+ return PRIXMAX;
+ abort ();
+ }
+ if (name[4] == 'P' && name[5] == 'T' && name[6] == 'R'
+ && name[7] == '\0')
+ {
+ if (name[3] == 'd')
+ return PRIdPTR;
+ if (name[3] == 'i')
+ return PRIiPTR;
+ if (name[3] == 'o')
+ return PRIoPTR;
+ if (name[3] == 'u')
+ return PRIuPTR;
+ if (name[3] == 'x')
+ return PRIxPTR;
+ if (name[3] == 'X')
+ return PRIXPTR;
+ abort ();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* Other system dependent strings are not valid. */
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Initialize the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog.
+ Return the header entry. */
+const char *
+internal_function
+_nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding)
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
+ struct loaded_domain *domain;
+ struct binding *domainbinding;
+{
+ /* Find out about the character set the file is encoded with.
+ This can be found (in textual form) in the entry "". If this
+ entry does not exist or if this does not contain the `charset='
+ information, we will assume the charset matches the one the
+ current locale and we don't have to perform any conversion. */
+ char *nullentry;
+ size_t nullentrylen;
+
+ /* Preinitialize fields, to avoid recursion during _nl_find_msg. */
+ domain->codeset_cntr =
+ (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0);
+#ifdef _LIBC
+ domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1;
+#else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+ domain->conv = (iconv_t) -1;
+# endif
+#endif
+ domain->conv_tab = NULL;
+
+ /* Get the header entry. */
+ nullentry = _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, "", &nullentrylen);
+
+ if (nullentry != NULL)
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV
+ const char *charsetstr;
+
+ charsetstr = strstr (nullentry, "charset=");
+ if (charsetstr != NULL)
+ {
+ size_t len;
+ char *charset;
+ const char *outcharset;
+
+ charsetstr += strlen ("charset=");
+ len = strcspn (charsetstr, " \t\n");
+
+ charset = (char *) alloca (len + 1);
+# if defined _LIBC || HAVE_MEMPCPY
+ *((char *) mempcpy (charset, charsetstr, len)) = '\0';
+# else
+ memcpy (charset, charsetstr, len);
+ charset[len] = '\0';
+# endif
+
+ /* The output charset should normally be determined by the
+ locale. But sometimes the locale is not used or not correctly
+ set up, so we provide a possibility for the user to override
+ this. Moreover, the value specified through
+ bind_textdomain_codeset overrides both. */
+ if (domainbinding != NULL && domainbinding->codeset != NULL)
+ outcharset = domainbinding->codeset;
+ else
+ {
+ outcharset = getenv ("OUTPUT_CHARSET");
+ if (outcharset == NULL || outcharset[0] == '\0')
+ {
+# ifdef _LIBC
+ outcharset = _NL_CURRENT (LC_CTYPE, CODESET);
+# else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+ extern const char *locale_charset PARAMS ((void));
+ outcharset = locale_charset ();
+# endif
+# endif
+ }
+ }
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+ /* We always want to use transliteration. */
+ outcharset = norm_add_slashes (outcharset, "TRANSLIT");
+ charset = norm_add_slashes (charset, NULL);
+ if (__gconv_open (outcharset, charset, &domain->conv,
+ GCONV_AVOID_NOCONV)
+ != __GCONV_OK)
+ domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1;
+# else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+ /* When using GNU libc >= 2.2 or GNU libiconv >= 1.5,
+ we want to use transliteration. */
+# if (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 2) || __GLIBC__ > 2 \
+ || _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105
+ if (strchr (outcharset, '/') == NULL)
+ {
+ char *tmp;
+
+ len = strlen (outcharset);
+ tmp = (char *) alloca (len + 10 + 1);
+ memcpy (tmp, outcharset, len);
+ memcpy (tmp + len, "//TRANSLIT", 10 + 1);
+ outcharset = tmp;
+
+ domain->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset);
+
+ freea (outcharset);
+ }
+ else
+# endif
+ domain->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset);
+# endif
+# endif
+
+ freea (charset);
+ }
+#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */
+ }
+
+ return nullentry;
+}
+
+/* Frees the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog. */
+void
+internal_function
+_nl_free_domain_conv (domain)
+ struct loaded_domain *domain;
+{
+ if (domain->conv_tab != NULL && domain->conv_tab != (char **) -1)
+ free (domain->conv_tab);
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+ if (domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1)
+ __gconv_close (domain->conv);
+#else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+ if (domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1)
+ iconv_close (domain->conv);
+# endif
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Load the message catalogs specified by FILENAME. If it is no valid
+ message catalog do nothing. */
+void
+internal_function
+_nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding)
+ struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
+ struct binding *domainbinding;
+{
+ int fd;
+ size_t size;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+ struct stat64 st;
+#else
+ struct stat st;
+#endif
+ struct mo_file_header *data = (struct mo_file_header *) -1;
+ int use_mmap = 0;
+ struct loaded_domain *domain;
+ int revision;
+ const char *nullentry;
+
+ domain_file->decided = 1;
+ domain_file->data = NULL;
+
+ /* Note that it would be useless to store domainbinding in domain_file
+ because domainbinding might be == NULL now but != NULL later (after
+ a call to bind_textdomain_codeset). */
+
+ /* If the record does not represent a valid locale the FILENAME
+ might be NULL. This can happen when according to the given
+ specification the locale file name is different for XPG and CEN
+ syntax. */
+ if (domain_file->filename == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ /* Try to open the addressed file. */
+ fd = open (domain_file->filename, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY);
+ if (fd == -1)
+ return;
+
+ /* We must know about the size of the file. */
+ if (
+#ifdef _LIBC
+ __builtin_expect (fstat64 (fd, &st) != 0, 0)
+#else
+ __builtin_expect (fstat (fd, &st) != 0, 0)
+#endif
+ || __builtin_expect ((size = (size_t) st.st_size) != st.st_size, 0)
+ || __builtin_expect (size < sizeof (struct mo_file_header), 0))
+ {
+ /* Something went wrong. */
+ close (fd);
+ return;
+ }
+
+#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
+ /* Now we are ready to load the file. If mmap() is available we try
+ this first. If not available or it failed we try to load it. */
+ data = (struct mo_file_header *) mmap (NULL, size, PROT_READ,
+ MAP_PRIVATE, fd, 0);
+
+ if (__builtin_expect (data != (struct mo_file_header *) -1, 1))
+ {
+ /* mmap() call was successful. */
+ close (fd);
+ use_mmap = 1;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* If the data is not yet available (i.e. mmap'ed) we try to load
+ it manually. */
+ if (data == (struct mo_file_header *) -1)
+ {
+ size_t to_read;
+ char *read_ptr;
+
+ data = (struct mo_file_header *) malloc (size);
+ if (data == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ to_read = size;
+ read_ptr = (char *) data;
+ do
+ {
+ long int nb = (long int) read (fd, read_ptr, to_read);
+ if (nb <= 0)
+ {
+#ifdef EINTR
+ if (nb == -1 && errno == EINTR)
+ continue;
+#endif
+ close (fd);
+ return;
+ }
+ read_ptr += nb;
+ to_read -= nb;
+ }
+ while (to_read > 0);
+
+ close (fd);
+ }
+
+ /* Using the magic number we can test whether it really is a message
+ catalog file. */
+ if (__builtin_expect (data->magic != _MAGIC && data->magic != _MAGIC_SWAPPED,
+ 0))
+ {
+ /* The magic number is wrong: not a message catalog file. */
+#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
+ if (use_mmap)
+ munmap ((caddr_t) data, size);
+ else
+#endif
+ free (data);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ domain = (struct loaded_domain *) malloc (sizeof (struct loaded_domain));
+ if (domain == NULL)
+ return;
+ domain_file->data = domain;
+
+ domain->data = (char *) data;
+ domain->use_mmap = use_mmap;
+ domain->mmap_size = size;
+ domain->must_swap = data->magic != _MAGIC;
+ domain->malloced = NULL;
+
+ /* Fill in the information about the available tables. */
+ revision = W (domain->must_swap, data->revision);
+ /* We support only the major revision 0. */
+ switch (revision >> 16)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ domain->nstrings = W (domain->must_swap, data->nstrings);
+ domain->orig_tab = (const struct string_desc *)
+ ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_tab_offset));
+ domain->trans_tab = (const struct string_desc *)
+ ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_tab_offset));
+ domain->hash_size = W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_size);
+ domain->hash_tab =
+ (domain->hash_size > 2
+ ? (const nls_uint32 *)
+ ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_offset))
+ : NULL);
+ domain->must_swap_hash_tab = domain->must_swap;
+
+ /* Now dispatch on the minor revision. */
+ switch (revision & 0xffff)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ domain->n_sysdep_strings = 0;
+ domain->orig_sysdep_tab = NULL;
+ domain->trans_sysdep_tab = NULL;
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ default:
+ {
+ nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings;
+
+ if (domain->hash_tab == NULL)
+ /* This is invalid. These minor revisions need a hash table. */
+ goto invalid;
+
+ n_sysdep_strings =
+ W (domain->must_swap, data->n_sysdep_strings);
+ if (n_sysdep_strings > 0)
+ {
+ nls_uint32 n_sysdep_segments;
+ const struct sysdep_segment *sysdep_segments;
+ const char **sysdep_segment_values;
+ const nls_uint32 *orig_sysdep_tab;
+ const nls_uint32 *trans_sysdep_tab;
+ size_t memneed;
+ char *mem;
+ struct sysdep_string_desc *inmem_orig_sysdep_tab;
+ struct sysdep_string_desc *inmem_trans_sysdep_tab;
+ nls_uint32 *inmem_hash_tab;
+ unsigned int i;
+
+ /* Get the values of the system dependent segments. */
+ n_sysdep_segments =
+ W (domain->must_swap, data->n_sysdep_segments);
+ sysdep_segments = (const struct sysdep_segment *)
+ ((char *) data
+ + W (domain->must_swap, data->sysdep_segments_offset));
+ sysdep_segment_values =
+ alloca (n_sysdep_segments * sizeof (const char *));
+ for (i = 0; i < n_sysdep_segments; i++)
+ {
+ const char *name =
+ (char *) data
+ + W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_segments[i].offset);
+ nls_uint32 namelen =
+ W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_segments[i].length);
+
+ if (!(namelen > 0 && name[namelen - 1] == '\0'))
+ {
+ freea (sysdep_segment_values);
+ goto invalid;
+ }
+
+ sysdep_segment_values[i] = get_sysdep_segment_value (name);
+ }
+
+ orig_sysdep_tab = (const nls_uint32 *)
+ ((char *) data
+ + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_sysdep_tab_offset));
+ trans_sysdep_tab = (const nls_uint32 *)
+ ((char *) data
+ + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_sysdep_tab_offset));
+
+ /* Compute the amount of additional memory needed for the
+ system dependent strings and the augmented hash table. */
+ memneed = 2 * n_sysdep_strings
+ * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc)
+ + domain->hash_size * sizeof (nls_uint32);
+ for (i = 0; i < 2 * n_sysdep_strings; i++)
+ {
+ const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string =
+ (const struct sysdep_string *)
+ ((char *) data
+ + W (domain->must_swap,
+ i < n_sysdep_strings
+ ? orig_sysdep_tab[i]
+ : trans_sysdep_tab[i - n_sysdep_strings]));
+ size_t need = 0;
+ const struct segment_pair *p = sysdep_string->segments;
+
+ if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref) != SEGMENTS_END)
+ for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++)
+ {
+ nls_uint32 sysdepref;
+
+ need += W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize);
+
+ sysdepref = W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref);
+ if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END)
+ break;
+
+ if (sysdepref >= n_sysdep_segments)
+ {
+ /* Invalid. */
+ freea (sysdep_segment_values);
+ goto invalid;
+ }
+
+ need += strlen (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref]);
+ }
+
+ memneed += need;
+ }
+
+ /* Allocate additional memory. */
+ mem = (char *) malloc (memneed);
+ if (mem == NULL)
+ goto invalid;
+
+ domain->malloced = mem;
+ inmem_orig_sysdep_tab = (struct sysdep_string_desc *) mem;
+ mem += n_sysdep_strings * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc);
+ inmem_trans_sysdep_tab = (struct sysdep_string_desc *) mem;
+ mem += n_sysdep_strings * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc);
+ inmem_hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *) mem;
+ mem += domain->hash_size * sizeof (nls_uint32);
+
+ /* Compute the system dependent strings. */
+ for (i = 0; i < 2 * n_sysdep_strings; i++)
+ {
+ const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string =
+ (const struct sysdep_string *)
+ ((char *) data
+ + W (domain->must_swap,
+ i < n_sysdep_strings
+ ? orig_sysdep_tab[i]
+ : trans_sysdep_tab[i - n_sysdep_strings]));
+ const char *static_segments =
+ (char *) data
+ + W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_string->offset);
+ const struct segment_pair *p = sysdep_string->segments;
+
+ /* Concatenate the segments, and fill
+ inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i] (for i < n_sysdep_strings) and
+ inmem_trans_sysdep_tab[i-n_sysdep_strings] (for
+ i >= n_sysdep_strings). */
+
+ if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref) == SEGMENTS_END)
+ {
+ /* Only one static segment. */
+ inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].length =
+ W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize);
+ inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer = static_segments;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer = mem;
+
+ for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++)
+ {
+ nls_uint32 segsize =
+ W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize);
+ nls_uint32 sysdepref =
+ W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref);
+ size_t n;
+
+ if (segsize > 0)
+ {
+ memcpy (mem, static_segments, segsize);
+ mem += segsize;
+ static_segments += segsize;
+ }
+
+ if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END)
+ break;
+
+ n = strlen (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref]);
+ memcpy (mem, sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref], n);
+ mem += n;
+ }
+
+ inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].length =
+ mem - inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Compute the augmented hash table. */
+ for (i = 0; i < domain->hash_size; i++)
+ inmem_hash_tab[i] =
+ W (domain->must_swap_hash_tab, domain->hash_tab[i]);
+ for (i = 0; i < n_sysdep_strings; i++)
+ {
+ const char *msgid = inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer;
+ nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid);
+ nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size;
+ nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2));
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ if (inmem_hash_tab[idx] == 0)
+ {
+ /* Hash table entry is empty. Use it. */
+ inmem_hash_tab[idx] = 1 + domain->nstrings + i;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr)
+ idx -= domain->hash_size - incr;
+ else
+ idx += incr;
+ }
+ }
+
+ freea (sysdep_segment_values);
+
+ domain->n_sysdep_strings = n_sysdep_strings;
+ domain->orig_sysdep_tab = inmem_orig_sysdep_tab;
+ domain->trans_sysdep_tab = inmem_trans_sysdep_tab;
+
+ domain->hash_tab = inmem_hash_tab;
+ domain->must_swap_hash_tab = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ domain->n_sysdep_strings = 0;
+ domain->orig_sysdep_tab = NULL;
+ domain->trans_sysdep_tab = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* This is an invalid revision. */
+ invalid:
+ /* This is an invalid .mo file. */
+ if (domain->malloced)
+ free (domain->malloced);
+#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
+ if (use_mmap)
+ munmap ((caddr_t) data, size);
+ else
+#endif
+ free (data);
+ free (domain);
+ domain_file->data = NULL;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Now initialize the character set converter from the character set
+ the file is encoded with (found in the header entry) to the domain's
+ specified character set or the locale's character set. */
+ nullentry = _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding);
+
+ /* Also look for a plural specification. */
+ EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (nullentry, &domain->plural, &domain->nplurals);
+}
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+void
+internal_function
+_nl_unload_domain (domain)
+ struct loaded_domain *domain;
+{
+ if (domain->plural != &__gettext_germanic_plural)
+ __gettext_free_exp (domain->plural);
+
+ _nl_free_domain_conv (domain);
+
+ if (domain->malloced)
+ free (domain->malloced);
+
+# ifdef _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES
+ if (domain->use_mmap)
+ munmap ((caddr_t) domain->data, domain->mmap_size);
+ else
+# endif /* _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES */
+ free ((void *) domain->data);
+
+ free (domain);
+}
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
+
+ Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+ USA. */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Specification. */
+#include "localcharset.h"
+
+#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
+# include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
+# undef WIN32 /* avoid warning on mingw32 */
+# define WIN32
+#endif
+
+#if defined __EMX__
+/* Assume EMX program runs on OS/2, even if compiled under DOS. */
+# define OS2
+#endif
+
+#if !defined WIN32
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+# include <langinfo.h>
+# else
+# if HAVE_SETLOCALE
+# include <locale.h>
+# endif
+# endif
+#elif defined WIN32
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+#endif
+#if defined OS2
+# define INCL_DOS
+# include <os2.h>
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
+# include "relocatable.h"
+#else
+# define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+ /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
+# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ISSLASH
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_GETC_UNLOCKED
+# undef getc
+# define getc getc_unlocked
+#endif
+
+/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a
+ possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we
+ are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize
+ 'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value,
+ and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases'
+ are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix. */
+#if __STDC__ != 1
+# define volatile /* empty */
+#endif
+/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been
+ read, else NULL. Its format is:
+ ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0' */
+static const char * volatile charset_aliases;
+
+/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file. */
+static const char *
+get_charset_aliases ()
+{
+ const char *cp;
+
+ cp = charset_aliases;
+ if (cp == NULL)
+ {
+#if !(defined VMS || defined WIN32)
+ FILE *fp;
+ const char *dir = relocate (LIBDIR);
+ const char *base = "charset.alias";
+ char *file_name;
+
+ /* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name. */
+ {
+ size_t dir_len = strlen (dir);
+ size_t base_len = strlen (base);
+ int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1]));
+ file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1);
+ if (file_name != NULL)
+ {
+ memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len);
+ if (add_slash)
+ file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR;
+ memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (file_name == NULL || (fp = fopen (file_name, "r")) == NULL)
+ /* Out of memory or file not found, treat it as empty. */
+ cp = "";
+ else
+ {
+ /* Parse the file's contents. */
+ int c;
+ char buf1[50+1];
+ char buf2[50+1];
+ char *res_ptr = NULL;
+ size_t res_size = 0;
+ size_t l1, l2;
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ c = getc (fp);
+ if (c == EOF)
+ break;
+ if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t')
+ continue;
+ if (c == '#')
+ {
+ /* Skip comment, to end of line. */
+ do
+ c = getc (fp);
+ while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n'));
+ if (c == EOF)
+ break;
+ continue;
+ }
+ ungetc (c, fp);
+ if (fscanf (fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2)
+ break;
+ l1 = strlen (buf1);
+ l2 = strlen (buf2);
+ if (res_size == 0)
+ {
+ res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
+ res_ptr = (char *) malloc (res_size + 1);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
+ res_ptr = (char *) realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1);
+ }
+ if (res_ptr == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Out of memory. */
+ res_size = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+ strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1);
+ strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2);
+ }
+ fclose (fp);
+ if (res_size == 0)
+ cp = "";
+ else
+ {
+ *(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0';
+ cp = res_ptr;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (file_name != NULL)
+ free (file_name);
+
+#else
+
+# if defined VMS
+ /* To avoid the troubles of an extra file charset.alias_vms in the
+ sources of many GNU packages, simply inline the aliases here. */
+ /* The list of encodings is taken from the OpenVMS 7.3-1 documentation
+ "Compaq C Run-Time Library Reference Manual for OpenVMS systems"
+ section 10.7 "Handling Different Character Sets". */
+ cp = "ISO8859-1" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0"
+ "ISO8859-2" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0"
+ "ISO8859-5" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0"
+ "ISO8859-7" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0"
+ "ISO8859-8" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
+ "ISO8859-9" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0"
+ /* Japanese */
+ "eucJP" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
+ "SJIS" "\0" "SHIFT_JIS" "\0"
+ "DECKANJI" "\0" "DEC-KANJI" "\0"
+ "SDECKANJI" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
+ /* Chinese */
+ "eucTW" "\0" "EUC-TW" "\0"
+ "DECHANYU" "\0" "DEC-HANYU" "\0"
+ "DECHANZI" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
+ /* Korean */
+ "DECKOREAN" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0";
+# endif
+
+# if defined WIN32
+ /* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same
+ directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at
+ runtime, simply inline the aliases here. */
+
+ cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
+ "CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0"
+ "CP20127" "\0" "ASCII" "\0"
+ "CP20866" "\0" "KOI8-R" "\0"
+ "CP21866" "\0" "KOI8-RU" "\0"
+ "CP28591" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0"
+ "CP28592" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0"
+ "CP28593" "\0" "ISO-8859-3" "\0"
+ "CP28594" "\0" "ISO-8859-4" "\0"
+ "CP28595" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0"
+ "CP28596" "\0" "ISO-8859-6" "\0"
+ "CP28597" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0"
+ "CP28598" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
+ "CP28599" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0"
+ "CP28605" "\0" "ISO-8859-15" "\0";
+# endif
+#endif
+
+ charset_aliases = cp;
+ }
+
+ return cp;
+}
+
+/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
+ into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
+ The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
+ If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
+ name. */
+
+#ifdef STATIC
+STATIC
+#endif
+const char *
+locale_charset ()
+{
+ const char *codeset;
+ const char *aliases;
+
+#if !(defined WIN32 || defined OS2)
+
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+
+ /* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays. */
+ codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
+
+# else
+
+ /* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv. */
+ const char *locale = NULL;
+
+ /* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales. Some
+ (like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale. Therefore we don't
+ use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the
+ locale name the user has set. */
+# if HAVE_SETLOCALE && 0
+ locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL);
+# endif
+ if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+ if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
+ if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+ locale = getenv ("LANG");
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others,
+ you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it
+ through the charset.alias file. */
+ codeset = locale;
+
+# endif
+
+#elif defined WIN32
+
+ static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
+
+ /* Woe32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */
+ sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
+ codeset = buf;
+
+#elif defined OS2
+
+ const char *locale;
+ static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
+ ULONG cp[3];
+ ULONG cplen;
+
+ /* Allow user to override the codeset, as set in the operating system,
+ with standard language environment variables. */
+ locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+ if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
+ if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+ locale = getenv ("LANG");
+ }
+ if (locale != NULL && locale[0] != '\0')
+ {
+ /* If the locale name contains an encoding after the dot, return it. */
+ const char *dot = strchr (locale, '.');
+
+ if (dot != NULL)
+ {
+ const char *modifier;
+
+ dot++;
+ /* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any. */
+ modifier = strchr (dot, '@');
+ if (modifier == NULL)
+ return dot;
+ if (modifier - dot < sizeof (buf))
+ {
+ memcpy (buf, dot, modifier - dot);
+ buf [modifier - dot] = '\0';
+ return buf;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Resolve through the charset.alias file. */
+ codeset = locale;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* OS/2 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */
+ if (DosQueryCp (sizeof (cp), cp, &cplen))
+ codeset = "";
+ else
+ {
+ sprintf (buf, "CP%u", cp[0]);
+ codeset = buf;
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif
+
+ if (codeset == NULL)
+ /* The canonical name cannot be determined. */
+ codeset = "";
+
+ /* Resolve alias. */
+ for (aliases = get_charset_aliases ();
+ *aliases != '\0';
+ aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1)
+ if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0
+ || (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0'))
+ {
+ codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Don't return an empty string. GNU libc and GNU libiconv interpret
+ the empty string as denoting "the locale's character encoding",
+ thus GNU libiconv would call this function a second time. */
+ if (codeset[0] == '\0')
+ codeset = "ASCII";
+
+ return codeset;
+}
--- /dev/null
+/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
+ Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This file is part of the GNU CHARSET Library.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+ USA. */
+
+#ifndef _LOCALCHARSET_H
+#define _LOCALCHARSET_H
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
+ into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
+ The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
+ If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
+ name. */
+extern const char * locale_charset (void);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _LOCALCHARSET_H */
--- /dev/null
+# Locale name alias data base.
+# Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998,1999,2000,2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+# USA.
+
+# The format of this file is the same as for the corresponding file of
+# the X Window System, which normally can be found in
+# /usr/lib/X11/locale/locale.alias
+# A single line contains two fields: an alias and a substitution value.
+# All entries are case independent.
+
+# Note: This file is far from being complete. If you have a value for
+# your own site which you think might be useful for others too, share
+# it with the rest of us. Send it using the `glibcbug' script to
+# bugs@gnu.org.
+
+# Packages using this file:
+
+bokmal no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+bokmål no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+catalan ca_ES.ISO-8859-1
+croatian hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
+czech cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2
+danish da_DK.ISO-8859-1
+dansk da_DK.ISO-8859-1
+deutsch de_DE.ISO-8859-1
+dutch nl_NL.ISO-8859-1
+eesti et_EE.ISO-8859-1
+estonian et_EE.ISO-8859-1
+finnish fi_FI.ISO-8859-1
+français fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
+french fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
+galego gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
+galician gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
+german de_DE.ISO-8859-1
+greek el_GR.ISO-8859-7
+hebrew he_IL.ISO-8859-8
+hrvatski hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
+hungarian hu_HU.ISO-8859-2
+icelandic is_IS.ISO-8859-1
+italian it_IT.ISO-8859-1
+japanese ja_JP.eucJP
+japanese.euc ja_JP.eucJP
+ja_JP ja_JP.eucJP
+ja_JP.ujis ja_JP.eucJP
+japanese.sjis ja_JP.SJIS
+korean ko_KR.eucKR
+korean.euc ko_KR.eucKR
+ko_KR ko_KR.eucKR
+lithuanian lt_LT.ISO-8859-13
+nb_NO no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+norwegian no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+nynorsk nn_NO.ISO-8859-1
+polish pl_PL.ISO-8859-2
+portuguese pt_PT.ISO-8859-1
+romanian ro_RO.ISO-8859-2
+russian ru_RU.ISO-8859-5
+slovak sk_SK.ISO-8859-2
+slovene sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
+slovenian sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
+spanish es_ES.ISO-8859-1
+swedish sv_SE.ISO-8859-1
+thai th_TH.TIS-620
+turkish tr_TR.ISO-8859-9
--- /dev/null
+/* Handle aliases for locale names.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+ USA. */
+
+/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
+ This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+ <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE___FSETLOCKING
+# include <stdio_ext.h>
+#endif
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# undef alloca
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+#else
+# ifdef _MSC_VER
+# include <malloc.h>
+# define alloca _alloca
+# else
+# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <alloca.h>
+# else
+# ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+# else
+# ifndef alloca
+char *alloca ();
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
+# include "relocatable.h"
+#else
+# define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
+ because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
+ file and the name space must not be polluted. */
+# define strcasecmp __strcasecmp
+
+# ifndef mempcpy
+# define mempcpy __mempcpy
+# endif
+# define HAVE_MEMPCPY 1
+# define HAVE___FSETLOCKING 1
+
+/* We need locking here since we can be called from different places. */
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+
+__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef internal_function
+# define internal_function
+#endif
+
+/* Some optimizations for glibc. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define FEOF(fp) feof_unlocked (fp)
+# define FGETS(buf, n, fp) fgets_unlocked (buf, n, fp)
+#else
+# define FEOF(fp) feof (fp)
+# define FGETS(buf, n, fp) fgets (buf, n, fp)
+#endif
+
+/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
+ some additional code emulating it. */
+#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
+# define freea(p) /* nothing */
+#else
+# define alloca(n) malloc (n)
+# define freea(p) free (p)
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED
+# undef fgets
+# define fgets(buf, len, s) fgets_unlocked (buf, len, s)
+#endif
+#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED
+# undef feof
+# define feof(s) feof_unlocked (s)
+#endif
+
+
+struct alias_map
+{
+ const char *alias;
+ const char *value;
+};
+
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# define libc_freeres_ptr(decl) decl
+#endif
+
+libc_freeres_ptr (static char *string_space);
+static size_t string_space_act;
+static size_t string_space_max;
+libc_freeres_ptr (static struct alias_map *map);
+static size_t nmap;
+static size_t maxmap;
+
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions. */
+static size_t read_alias_file PARAMS ((const char *fname, int fname_len))
+ internal_function;
+static int extend_alias_table PARAMS ((void));
+static int alias_compare PARAMS ((const struct alias_map *map1,
+ const struct alias_map *map2));
+
+
+const char *
+_nl_expand_alias (name)
+ const char *name;
+{
+ static const char *locale_alias_path;
+ struct alias_map *retval;
+ const char *result = NULL;
+ size_t added;
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+ __libc_lock_lock (lock);
+#endif
+
+ if (locale_alias_path == NULL)
+ locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
+
+ do
+ {
+ struct alias_map item;
+
+ item.alias = name;
+
+ if (nmap > 0)
+ retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap,
+ sizeof (struct alias_map),
+ (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *,
+ const void *))
+ ) alias_compare);
+ else
+ retval = NULL;
+
+ /* We really found an alias. Return the value. */
+ if (retval != NULL)
+ {
+ result = retval->value;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Perhaps we can find another alias file. */
+ added = 0;
+ while (added == 0 && locale_alias_path[0] != '\0')
+ {
+ const char *start;
+
+ while (locale_alias_path[0] == PATH_SEPARATOR)
+ ++locale_alias_path;
+ start = locale_alias_path;
+
+ while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0'
+ && locale_alias_path[0] != PATH_SEPARATOR)
+ ++locale_alias_path;
+
+ if (start < locale_alias_path)
+ added = read_alias_file (start, locale_alias_path - start);
+ }
+ }
+ while (added != 0);
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+ __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+#endif
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+
+static size_t
+internal_function
+read_alias_file (fname, fname_len)
+ const char *fname;
+ int fname_len;
+{
+ FILE *fp;
+ char *full_fname;
+ size_t added;
+ static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias";
+
+ full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile);
+#ifdef HAVE_MEMPCPY
+ mempcpy (mempcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len),
+ aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
+#else
+ memcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len);
+ memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
+#endif
+
+ fp = fopen (relocate (full_fname), "r");
+ freea (full_fname);
+ if (fp == NULL)
+ return 0;
+
+#ifdef HAVE___FSETLOCKING
+ /* No threads present. */
+ __fsetlocking (fp, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER);
+#endif
+
+ added = 0;
+ while (!FEOF (fp))
+ {
+ /* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because
+ a) we are only interested in the first two fields
+ b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not
+ be that long
+ We avoid a multi-kilobyte buffer here since this would use up
+ stack space which we might not have if the program ran out of
+ memory. */
+ char buf[400];
+ char *alias;
+ char *value;
+ char *cp;
+
+ if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
+ /* EOF reached. */
+ break;
+
+ cp = buf;
+ /* Ignore leading white space. */
+ while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
+ ++cp;
+
+ /* A leading '#' signals a comment line. */
+ if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#')
+ {
+ alias = cp++;
+ while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
+ ++cp;
+ /* Terminate alias name. */
+ if (cp[0] != '\0')
+ *cp++ = '\0';
+
+ /* Now look for the beginning of the value. */
+ while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
+ ++cp;
+
+ if (cp[0] != '\0')
+ {
+ size_t alias_len;
+ size_t value_len;
+
+ value = cp++;
+ while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
+ ++cp;
+ /* Terminate value. */
+ if (cp[0] == '\n')
+ {
+ /* This has to be done to make the following test
+ for the end of line possible. We are looking for
+ the terminating '\n' which do not overwrite here. */
+ *cp++ = '\0';
+ *cp = '\n';
+ }
+ else if (cp[0] != '\0')
+ *cp++ = '\0';
+
+ if (nmap >= maxmap)
+ if (__builtin_expect (extend_alias_table (), 0))
+ return added;
+
+ alias_len = strlen (alias) + 1;
+ value_len = strlen (value) + 1;
+
+ if (string_space_act + alias_len + value_len > string_space_max)
+ {
+ /* Increase size of memory pool. */
+ size_t new_size = (string_space_max
+ + (alias_len + value_len > 1024
+ ? alias_len + value_len : 1024));
+ char *new_pool = (char *) realloc (string_space, new_size);
+ if (new_pool == NULL)
+ return added;
+
+ if (__builtin_expect (string_space != new_pool, 0))
+ {
+ size_t i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < nmap; i++)
+ {
+ map[i].alias += new_pool - string_space;
+ map[i].value += new_pool - string_space;
+ }
+ }
+
+ string_space = new_pool;
+ string_space_max = new_size;
+ }
+
+ map[nmap].alias = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
+ alias, alias_len);
+ string_space_act += alias_len;
+
+ map[nmap].value = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
+ value, value_len);
+ string_space_act += value_len;
+
+ ++nmap;
+ ++added;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer. Ignore
+ the rest of the line. */
+ while (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL)
+ if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
+ /* Make sure the inner loop will be left. The outer loop
+ will exit at the `feof' test. */
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Should we test for ferror()? I think we have to silently ignore
+ errors. --drepper */
+ fclose (fp);
+
+ if (added > 0)
+ qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map),
+ (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *))) alias_compare);
+
+ return added;
+}
+
+
+static int
+extend_alias_table ()
+{
+ size_t new_size;
+ struct alias_map *new_map;
+
+ new_size = maxmap == 0 ? 100 : 2 * maxmap;
+ new_map = (struct alias_map *) realloc (map, (new_size
+ * sizeof (struct alias_map)));
+ if (new_map == NULL)
+ /* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core. */
+ return -1;
+
+ map = new_map;
+ maxmap = new_size;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+
+static int
+alias_compare (map1, map2)
+ const struct alias_map *map1;
+ const struct alias_map *map2;
+{
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP
+ return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias);
+#else
+ const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) map1->alias;
+ const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) map2->alias;
+ unsigned char c1, c2;
+
+ if (p1 == p2)
+ return 0;
+
+ do
+ {
+ /* I know this seems to be odd but the tolower() function in
+ some systems libc cannot handle nonalpha characters. */
+ c1 = isupper (*p1) ? tolower (*p1) : *p1;
+ c2 = isupper (*p2) ? tolower (*p2) : *p2;
+ if (c1 == '\0')
+ break;
+ ++p1;
+ ++p2;
+ }
+ while (c1 == c2);
+
+ return c1 - c2;
+#endif
+}
--- /dev/null
+/* Determine the current selected locale.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+ USA. */
+
+/* Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995. */
+/* Win32 code written by Tor Lillqvist <tml@iki.fi>. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
+# undef WIN32 /* avoid warning on mingw32 */
+# define WIN32
+#endif
+
+#ifdef WIN32
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+/* Mingw headers don't have latest language and sublanguage codes. */
+# ifndef LANG_AFRIKAANS
+# define LANG_AFRIKAANS 0x36
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_ALBANIAN
+# define LANG_ALBANIAN 0x1c
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_ARABIC
+# define LANG_ARABIC 0x01
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_ARMENIAN
+# define LANG_ARMENIAN 0x2b
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_ASSAMESE
+# define LANG_ASSAMESE 0x4d
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_AZERI
+# define LANG_AZERI 0x2c
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_BASQUE
+# define LANG_BASQUE 0x2d
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_BELARUSIAN
+# define LANG_BELARUSIAN 0x23
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_BENGALI
+# define LANG_BENGALI 0x45
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_CATALAN
+# define LANG_CATALAN 0x03
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_DIVEHI
+# define LANG_DIVEHI 0x65
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_ESTONIAN
+# define LANG_ESTONIAN 0x25
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_FAEROESE
+# define LANG_FAEROESE 0x38
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_FARSI
+# define LANG_FARSI 0x29
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_GALICIAN
+# define LANG_GALICIAN 0x56
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_GEORGIAN
+# define LANG_GEORGIAN 0x37
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_GUJARATI
+# define LANG_GUJARATI 0x47
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_HEBREW
+# define LANG_HEBREW 0x0d
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_HINDI
+# define LANG_HINDI 0x39
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_INDONESIAN
+# define LANG_INDONESIAN 0x21
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_KANNADA
+# define LANG_KANNADA 0x4b
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_KASHMIRI
+# define LANG_KASHMIRI 0x60
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_KAZAK
+# define LANG_KAZAK 0x3f
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_KONKANI
+# define LANG_KONKANI 0x57
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_KYRGYZ
+# define LANG_KYRGYZ 0x40
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_LATVIAN
+# define LANG_LATVIAN 0x26
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_LITHUANIAN
+# define LANG_LITHUANIAN 0x27
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_MACEDONIAN
+# define LANG_MACEDONIAN 0x2f
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_MALAY
+# define LANG_MALAY 0x3e
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_MALAYALAM
+# define LANG_MALAYALAM 0x4c
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_MANIPURI
+# define LANG_MANIPURI 0x58
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_MARATHI
+# define LANG_MARATHI 0x4e
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_MONGOLIAN
+# define LANG_MONGOLIAN 0x50
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_NEPALI
+# define LANG_NEPALI 0x61
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_ORIYA
+# define LANG_ORIYA 0x48
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_PUNJABI
+# define LANG_PUNJABI 0x46
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_SANSKRIT
+# define LANG_SANSKRIT 0x4f
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_SERBIAN
+# define LANG_SERBIAN 0x1a
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_SINDHI
+# define LANG_SINDHI 0x59
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_SLOVAK
+# define LANG_SLOVAK 0x1b
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_SORBIAN
+# define LANG_SORBIAN 0x2e
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_SWAHILI
+# define LANG_SWAHILI 0x41
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_SYRIAC
+# define LANG_SYRIAC 0x5a
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_TAMIL
+# define LANG_TAMIL 0x49
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_TATAR
+# define LANG_TATAR 0x44
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_TELUGU
+# define LANG_TELUGU 0x4a
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_THAI
+# define LANG_THAI 0x1e
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_UKRAINIAN
+# define LANG_UKRAINIAN 0x22
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_URDU
+# define LANG_URDU 0x20
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_UZBEK
+# define LANG_UZBEK 0x43
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_VIETNAMESE
+# define LANG_VIETNAMESE 0x2a
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA 0x01
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ 0x02
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT 0x03
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA 0x04
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA 0x05
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO 0x06
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA 0x07
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN 0x08
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN 0x09
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA 0x0a
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN 0x0b
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON 0x0c
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT 0x0d
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE 0x0e
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN 0x0f
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR 0x10
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN
+# define SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN 0x01
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC
+# define SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC 0x02
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU
+# define SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU 0x05
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA
+# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x07
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA
+# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA 0x08
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN
+# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN 0x09
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE
+# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE 0x0a
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD
+# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD 0x0b
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE
+# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE 0x0c
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES
+# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES 0x0d
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG
+# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG 0x05
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO
+# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO 0x06
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG
+# define SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG 0x04
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN
+# define SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN 0x05
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA
+# define SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA 0x02
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA
+# define SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA 0x01
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM
+# define SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM 0x02
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA
+# define SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA 0x02
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN
+# define SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN 0x02
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC
+# define SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC 0x03
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA 0x04
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA 0x05
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA 0x06
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC 0x07
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA 0x08
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA 0x09
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU 0x0a
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA 0x0b
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR 0x0c
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE 0x0d
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY 0x0e
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY 0x0f
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA 0x10
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR 0x11
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS 0x12
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA 0x13
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO 0x14
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND
+# define SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND 0x02
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN
+# define SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN 0x01
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA
+# define SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA 0x02
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN
+# define SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN 0x01
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC
+# define SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC 0x02
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* XPG3 defines the result of 'setlocale (category, NULL)' as:
+ "Directs 'setlocale()' to query 'category' and return the current
+ setting of 'local'."
+ However it does not specify the exact format. Neither do SUSV2 and
+ ISO C 99. So we can use this feature only on selected systems (e.g.
+ those using GNU C Library). */
+#if defined _LIBC || (defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && __GNU_LIBRARY__ >= 2)
+# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
+#endif
+
+/* Determine the current locale's name, and canonicalize it into XPG syntax
+ language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier]
+ The codeset part in the result is not reliable; the locale_charset()
+ should be used for codeset information instead.
+ The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated. */
+
+const char *
+_nl_locale_name (category, categoryname)
+ int category;
+ const char *categoryname;
+{
+ const char *retval;
+
+#ifndef WIN32
+
+ /* Use the POSIX methods of looking to 'LC_ALL', 'LC_xxx', and 'LANG'.
+ On some systems this can be done by the 'setlocale' function itself. */
+# if defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
+ retval = setlocale (category, NULL);
+# else
+ /* Setting of LC_ALL overwrites all other. */
+ retval = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+ if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ /* Next comes the name of the desired category. */
+ retval = getenv (categoryname);
+ if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ /* Last possibility is the LANG environment variable. */
+ retval = getenv ("LANG");
+ if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
+ /* We use C as the default domain. POSIX says this is
+ implementation defined. */
+ retval = "C";
+ }
+ }
+# endif
+
+ return retval;
+
+#else /* WIN32 */
+
+ /* Return an XPG style locale name language[_territory][@modifier].
+ Don't even bother determining the codeset; it's not useful in this
+ context, because message catalogs are not specific to a single
+ codeset. */
+
+ LCID lcid;
+ LANGID langid;
+ int primary, sub;
+
+ /* Let the user override the system settings through environment
+ variables, as on POSIX systems. */
+ retval = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+ if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
+ return retval;
+ retval = getenv (categoryname);
+ if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
+ return retval;
+ retval = getenv ("LANG");
+ if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
+ return retval;
+
+ /* Use native Win32 API locale ID. */
+ lcid = GetThreadLocale ();
+
+ /* Strip off the sorting rules, keep only the language part. */
+ langid = LANGIDFROMLCID (lcid);
+
+ /* Split into language and territory part. */
+ primary = PRIMARYLANGID (langid);
+ sub = SUBLANGID (langid);
+
+ /* Dispatch on language.
+ See also http://www.unicode.org/unicode/onlinedat/languages.html .
+ For details about languages, see http://www.ethnologue.com/ . */
+ switch (primary)
+ {
+ case LANG_AFRIKAANS: return "af_ZA";
+ case LANG_ALBANIAN: return "sq_AL";
+ case 0x5e: /* AMHARIC */ return "am_ET";
+ case LANG_ARABIC:
+ switch (sub)
+ {
+ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA: return "ar_SA";
+ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ: return "ar_IQ";
+ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT: return "ar_EG";
+ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA: return "ar_LY";
+ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA: return "ar_DZ";
+ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO: return "ar_MA";
+ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA: return "ar_TN";
+ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN: return "ar_OM";
+ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN: return "ar_YE";
+ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA: return "ar_SY";
+ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN: return "ar_JO";
+ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON: return "ar_LB";
+ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT: return "ar_KW";
+ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE: return "ar_AE";
+ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN: return "ar_BH";
+ case SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR: return "ar_QA";
+ }
+ return "ar";
+ case LANG_ARMENIAN: return "hy_AM";
+ case LANG_ASSAMESE: return "as_IN";
+ case LANG_AZERI:
+ switch (sub)
+ {
+ /* FIXME: Adjust this when Azerbaijani locales appear on Unix. */
+ case SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN: return "az_AZ@latin";
+ case SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC: return "az_AZ@cyrillic";
+ }
+ return "az";
+ case LANG_BASQUE:
+ return "eu"; /* Ambiguous: could be "eu_ES" or "eu_FR". */
+ case LANG_BELARUSIAN: return "be_BY";
+ case LANG_BENGALI: return "bn_IN";
+ case LANG_BULGARIAN: return "bg_BG";
+ case 0x55: /* BURMESE */ return "my_MM";
+ case 0x53: /* CAMBODIAN */ return "km_KH";
+ case LANG_CATALAN: return "ca_ES";
+ case 0x5c: /* CHEROKEE */ return "chr_US";
+ case LANG_CHINESE:
+ switch (sub)
+ {
+ case SUBLANG_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL: return "zh_TW";
+ case SUBLANG_CHINESE_SIMPLIFIED: return "zh_CN";
+ case SUBLANG_CHINESE_HONGKONG: return "zh_HK";
+ case SUBLANG_CHINESE_SINGAPORE: return "zh_SG";
+ case SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU: return "zh_MO";
+ }
+ return "zh";
+ case LANG_CROATIAN: /* LANG_CROATIAN == LANG_SERBIAN
+ * What used to be called Serbo-Croatian
+ * should really now be two separate
+ * languages because of political reasons.
+ * (Says tml, who knows nothing about Serbian
+ * or Croatian.)
+ * (I can feel those flames coming already.)
+ */
+ switch (sub)
+ {
+ case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "hr_HR";
+ case SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN: return "sr_YU";
+ case SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC: return "sr_YU@cyrillic";
+ }
+ return "hr";
+ case LANG_CZECH: return "cs_CZ";
+ case LANG_DANISH: return "da_DK";
+ case LANG_DIVEHI: return "div_MV";
+ case LANG_DUTCH:
+ switch (sub)
+ {
+ case SUBLANG_DUTCH: return "nl_NL";
+ case SUBLANG_DUTCH_BELGIAN: /* FLEMISH, VLAAMS */ return "nl_BE";
+ }
+ return "nl";
+ case 0x66: /* EDO */ return "bin_NG";
+ case LANG_ENGLISH:
+ switch (sub)
+ {
+ /* SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US == SUBLANG_DEFAULT. Heh. I thought
+ * English was the language spoken in England.
+ * Oh well.
+ */
+ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US: return "en_US";
+ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_UK: return "en_GB";
+ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_AUS: return "en_AU";
+ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CAN: return "en_CA";
+ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_NZ: return "en_NZ";
+ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_EIRE: return "en_IE";
+ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA: return "en_ZA";
+ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA: return "en_JM";
+ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN: return "en_GD"; /* Grenada? */
+ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE: return "en_BZ";
+ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD: return "en_TT";
+ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE: return "en_ZW";
+ case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES: return "en_PH";
+ }
+ return "en";
+ case LANG_ESTONIAN: return "et_EE";
+ case LANG_FAEROESE: return "fo_FO";
+ case LANG_FARSI: return "fa_IR";
+ case LANG_FINNISH: return "fi_FI";
+ case LANG_FRENCH:
+ switch (sub)
+ {
+ case SUBLANG_FRENCH: return "fr_FR";
+ case SUBLANG_FRENCH_BELGIAN: /* WALLOON */ return "fr_BE";
+ case SUBLANG_FRENCH_CANADIAN: return "fr_CA";
+ case SUBLANG_FRENCH_SWISS: return "fr_CH";
+ case SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG: return "fr_LU";
+ case SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO: return "fr_MC";
+ }
+ return "fr";
+ case 0x62: /* FRISIAN */ return "fy_NL";
+ case 0x67: /* FULFULDE */ return "ful_NG";
+ case 0x3c: /* GAELIC */
+ switch (sub)
+ {
+ case 0x01: /* SCOTTISH */ return "gd_GB";
+ case 0x02: /* IRISH */ return "ga_IE";
+ }
+ return "C";
+ case LANG_GALICIAN: return "gl_ES";
+ case LANG_GEORGIAN: return "ka_GE";
+ case LANG_GERMAN:
+ switch (sub)
+ {
+ case SUBLANG_GERMAN: return "de_DE";
+ case SUBLANG_GERMAN_SWISS: return "de_CH";
+ case SUBLANG_GERMAN_AUSTRIAN: return "de_AT";
+ case SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG: return "de_LU";
+ case SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN: return "de_LI";
+ }
+ return "de";
+ case LANG_GREEK: return "el_GR";
+ case 0x74: /* GUARANI */ return "gn_PY";
+ case LANG_GUJARATI: return "gu_IN";
+ case 0x68: /* HAUSA */ return "ha_NG";
+ case 0x75: /* HAWAIIAN */
+ /* FIXME: Do they mean Hawaiian ("haw_US", 1000 speakers)
+ or Hawaii Creole English ("cpe_US", 600000 speakers)? */
+ return "cpe_US";
+ case LANG_HEBREW: return "he_IL";
+ case LANG_HINDI: return "hi_IN";
+ case LANG_HUNGARIAN: return "hu_HU";
+ case 0x69: /* IBIBIO */ return "nic_NG";
+ case LANG_ICELANDIC: return "is_IS";
+ case 0x70: /* IGBO */ return "ibo_NG";
+ case LANG_INDONESIAN: return "id_ID";
+ case 0x5d: /* INUKTITUT */ return "iu_CA";
+ case LANG_ITALIAN:
+ switch (sub)
+ {
+ case SUBLANG_ITALIAN: return "it_IT";
+ case SUBLANG_ITALIAN_SWISS: return "it_CH";
+ }
+ return "it";
+ case LANG_JAPANESE: return "ja_JP";
+ case LANG_KANNADA: return "kn_IN";
+ case 0x71: /* KANURI */ return "kau_NG";
+ case LANG_KASHMIRI:
+ switch (sub)
+ {
+ case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "ks_PK";
+ case SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA: return "ks_IN";
+ }
+ return "ks";
+ case LANG_KAZAK: return "kk_KZ";
+ case LANG_KONKANI:
+ /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix. */
+ return "kok_IN";
+ case LANG_KOREAN: return "ko_KR";
+ case LANG_KYRGYZ: return "ky_KG";
+ case 0x54: /* LAO */ return "lo_LA";
+ case 0x76: /* LATIN */ return "la_VA";
+ case LANG_LATVIAN: return "lv_LV";
+ case LANG_LITHUANIAN: return "lt_LT";
+ case LANG_MACEDONIAN: return "mk_MK";
+ case LANG_MALAY:
+ switch (sub)
+ {
+ case SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA: return "ms_MY";
+ case SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM: return "ms_BN";
+ }
+ return "ms";
+ case LANG_MALAYALAM: return "ml_IN";
+ case 0x3a: /* MALTESE */ return "mt_MT";
+ case LANG_MANIPURI:
+ /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix. */
+ return "mni_IN";
+ case LANG_MARATHI: return "mr_IN";
+ case LANG_MONGOLIAN:
+ return "mn"; /* Ambiguous: could be "mn_CN" or "mn_MN". */
+ case LANG_NEPALI:
+ switch (sub)
+ {
+ case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "ne_NP";
+ case SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA: return "ne_IN";
+ }
+ return "ne";
+ case LANG_NORWEGIAN:
+ switch (sub)
+ {
+ case SUBLANG_NORWEGIAN_BOKMAL: return "no_NO";
+ case SUBLANG_NORWEGIAN_NYNORSK: return "nn_NO";
+ }
+ return "no";
+ case LANG_ORIYA: return "or_IN";
+ case 0x72: /* OROMO */ return "om_ET";
+ case 0x79: /* PAPIAMENTU */ return "pap_AN";
+ case 0x63: /* PASHTO */
+ return "ps"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ps_PK" or "ps_AF". */
+ case LANG_POLISH: return "pl_PL";
+ case LANG_PORTUGUESE:
+ switch (sub)
+ {
+ case SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE: return "pt_PT";
+ /* Hmm. SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE_BRAZILIAN == SUBLANG_DEFAULT.
+ Same phenomenon as SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US == SUBLANG_DEFAULT. */
+ case SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE_BRAZILIAN: return "pt_BR";
+ }
+ return "pt";
+ case LANG_PUNJABI: return "pa_IN";
+ case 0x17: /* RHAETO-ROMANCE */ return "rm_CH";
+ case LANG_ROMANIAN: return "ro_RO";
+ case LANG_RUSSIAN:
+ return "ru"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ru_RU" or "ru_UA". */
+ case 0x3b: /* SAMI */ return "se_NO";
+ case LANG_SANSKRIT: return "sa_IN";
+ case LANG_SINDHI: return "sd";
+ case 0x5b: /* SINHALESE */ return "si_LK";
+ case LANG_SLOVAK: return "sk_SK";
+ case LANG_SLOVENIAN: return "sl_SI";
+ case 0x77: /* SOMALI */ return "so_SO";
+ case LANG_SORBIAN:
+ /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix. */
+ return "wen_DE";
+ case LANG_SPANISH:
+ switch (sub)
+ {
+ case SUBLANG_SPANISH: return "es_ES";
+ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_MEXICAN: return "es_MX";
+ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_MODERN:
+ return "es_ES@modern"; /* not seen on Unix */
+ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA: return "es_GT";
+ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA: return "es_CR";
+ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA: return "es_PA";
+ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC: return "es_DO";
+ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA: return "es_VE";
+ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA: return "es_CO";
+ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU: return "es_PE";
+ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA: return "es_AR";
+ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR: return "es_EC";
+ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE: return "es_CL";
+ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY: return "es_UY";
+ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY: return "es_PY";
+ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA: return "es_BO";
+ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR: return "es_SV";
+ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS: return "es_HN";
+ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA: return "es_NI";
+ case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO: return "es_PR";
+ }
+ return "es";
+ case 0x30: /* SUTU */ return "bnt_TZ";
+ case LANG_SWAHILI: return "sw_KE";
+ case LANG_SWEDISH:
+ switch (sub)
+ {
+ case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "sv_SE";
+ case SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND: return "sv_FI";
+ }
+ return "sv";
+ case LANG_SYRIAC: return "syr_TR"; /* An extinct language. */
+ case 0x64: /* TAGALOG */ return "tl_PH";
+ case 0x28: /* TAJIK */ return "tg_TJ";
+ case 0x5f: /* TAMAZIGHT */ return "ber_MA";
+ case LANG_TAMIL:
+ return "ta"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ta_IN" or "ta_LK" or "ta_SG". */
+ case LANG_TATAR: return "tt_RU";
+ case LANG_TELUGU: return "te_IN";
+ case LANG_THAI: return "th_TH";
+ case 0x51: /* TIBETAN */ return "bo_CN";
+ case 0x73: /* TIGRINYA */ return "ti_ET";
+ case 0x31: /* TSONGA */ return "ts_ZA";
+ case LANG_TURKISH: return "tr_TR";
+ case 0x42: /* TURKMEN */ return "tk_TM";
+ case LANG_UKRAINIAN: return "uk_UA";
+ case LANG_URDU:
+ switch (sub)
+ {
+ case SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN: return "ur_PK";
+ case SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA: return "ur_IN";
+ }
+ return "ur";
+ case LANG_UZBEK:
+ switch (sub)
+ {
+ /* FIXME: Adjust this when Uzbek locales appear on Unix. */
+ case SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN: return "uz_UZ@latin";
+ case SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC: return "uz_UZ@cyrillic";
+ }
+ return "uz";
+ case 0x33: /* VENDA */ return "ven_ZA";
+ case LANG_VIETNAMESE: return "vi_VN";
+ case 0x52: /* WELSH */ return "cy_GB";
+ case 0x34: /* XHOSA */ return "xh_ZA";
+ case 0x78: /* YI */ return "sit_CN";
+ case 0x3d: /* YIDDISH */ return "yi_IL";
+ case 0x6a: /* YORUBA */ return "yo_NG";
+ case 0x35: /* ZULU */ return "zu_ZA";
+ default: return "C";
+ }
+
+#endif
+}
--- /dev/null
+/* Log file output.
+ Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+ USA. */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Print an ASCII string with quotes and escape sequences where needed. */
+static void
+print_escaped (stream, str)
+ FILE *stream;
+ const char *str;
+{
+ putc ('"', stream);
+ for (; *str != '\0'; str++)
+ if (*str == '\n')
+ {
+ fputs ("\\n\"", stream);
+ if (str[1] == '\0')
+ return;
+ fputs ("\n\"", stream);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (*str == '"' || *str == '\\')
+ putc ('\\', stream);
+ putc (*str, stream);
+ }
+ putc ('"', stream);
+}
+
+/* Add to the log file an entry denoting a failed translation. */
+void
+_nl_log_untranslated (logfilename, domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural)
+ const char *logfilename;
+ const char *domainname;
+ const char *msgid1;
+ const char *msgid2;
+ int plural;
+{
+ static char *last_logfilename = NULL;
+ static FILE *last_logfile = NULL;
+ FILE *logfile;
+
+ /* Can we reuse the last opened logfile? */
+ if (last_logfilename == NULL || strcmp (logfilename, last_logfilename) != 0)
+ {
+ /* Close the last used logfile. */
+ if (last_logfilename != NULL)
+ {
+ if (last_logfile != NULL)
+ {
+ fclose (last_logfile);
+ last_logfile = NULL;
+ }
+ free (last_logfilename);
+ last_logfilename = NULL;
+ }
+ /* Open the logfile. */
+ last_logfilename = (char *) malloc (strlen (logfilename) + 1);
+ if (last_logfilename == NULL)
+ return;
+ strcpy (last_logfilename, logfilename);
+ last_logfile = fopen (logfilename, "a");
+ if (last_logfile == NULL)
+ return;
+ }
+ logfile = last_logfile;
+
+ fprintf (logfile, "domain ");
+ print_escaped (logfile, domainname);
+ fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgid ");
+ print_escaped (logfile, msgid1);
+ if (plural)
+ {
+ fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgid_plural ");
+ print_escaped (logfile, msgid2);
+ fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgstr[0] \"\"\n");
+ }
+ else
+ fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgstr \"\"\n");
+ putc ('\n', logfile);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/* Implementation of ngettext(3) function.
+ Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+ USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define __need_NULL
+# include <stddef.h>
+#else
+# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define NGETTEXT __ngettext
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+#else
+# define NGETTEXT libintl_ngettext
+# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+ LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+ text). */
+char *
+NGETTEXT (msgid1, msgid2, n)
+ const char *msgid1;
+ const char *msgid2;
+ unsigned long int n;
+{
+ return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
+weak_alias (__ngettext, ngettext);
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/* OS/2 compatibility functions.
+ Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+ USA. */
+
+#define OS2_AWARE
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+
+/* A version of getenv() that works from DLLs */
+extern unsigned long DosScanEnv (const unsigned char *pszName, unsigned char **ppszValue);
+
+char *
+_nl_getenv (const char *name)
+{
+ unsigned char *value;
+ if (DosScanEnv (name, &value))
+ return NULL;
+ else
+ return value;
+}
+
+/* A fixed size buffer. */
+char libintl_nl_default_dirname[MAXPATHLEN+1];
+
+char *_nlos2_libdir = NULL;
+char *_nlos2_localealiaspath = NULL;
+char *_nlos2_localedir = NULL;
+
+static __attribute__((constructor)) void
+nlos2_initialize ()
+{
+ char *root = getenv ("UNIXROOT");
+ char *gnulocaledir = getenv ("GNULOCALEDIR");
+
+ _nlos2_libdir = gnulocaledir;
+ if (!_nlos2_libdir)
+ {
+ if (root)
+ {
+ size_t sl = strlen (root);
+ _nlos2_libdir = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LIBDIR) + 1);
+ memcpy (_nlos2_libdir, root, sl);
+ memcpy (_nlos2_libdir + sl, LIBDIR, strlen (LIBDIR) + 1);
+ }
+ else
+ _nlos2_libdir = LIBDIR;
+ }
+
+ _nlos2_localealiaspath = gnulocaledir;
+ if (!_nlos2_localealiaspath)
+ {
+ if (root)
+ {
+ size_t sl = strlen (root);
+ _nlos2_localealiaspath = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH) + 1);
+ memcpy (_nlos2_localealiaspath, root, sl);
+ memcpy (_nlos2_localealiaspath + sl, LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH, strlen (LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH) + 1);
+ }
+ else
+ _nlos2_localealiaspath = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
+ }
+
+ _nlos2_localedir = gnulocaledir;
+ if (!_nlos2_localedir)
+ {
+ if (root)
+ {
+ size_t sl = strlen (root);
+ _nlos2_localedir = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LOCALEDIR) + 1);
+ memcpy (_nlos2_localedir, root, sl);
+ memcpy (_nlos2_localedir + sl, LOCALEDIR, strlen (LOCALEDIR) + 1);
+ }
+ else
+ _nlos2_localedir = LOCALEDIR;
+ }
+
+ if (strlen (_nlos2_localedir) <= MAXPATHLEN)
+ strcpy (libintl_nl_default_dirname, _nlos2_localedir);
+}
--- /dev/null
+/* OS/2 compatibility defines.
+ This file is intended to be included from config.h
+ Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+ USA. */
+
+/* When included from os2compat.h we need all the original definitions */
+#ifndef OS2_AWARE
+
+#undef LIBDIR
+#define LIBDIR _nlos2_libdir
+extern char *_nlos2_libdir;
+
+#undef LOCALEDIR
+#define LOCALEDIR _nlos2_localedir
+extern char *_nlos2_localedir;
+
+#undef LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH
+#define LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH _nlos2_localealiaspath
+extern char *_nlos2_localealiaspath;
+
+#endif
+
+#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP
+#define HAVE_STRCASECMP 1
+#define strcasecmp stricmp
+#define strncasecmp strnicmp
+
+/* We have our own getenv() which works even if library is compiled as DLL */
+#define getenv _nl_getenv
+
+/* Older versions of gettext used -1 as the value of LC_MESSAGES */
+#define LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT (-1)
--- /dev/null
+/* OS dependent parts of libintl.
+ Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+ USA. */
+
+#if defined __EMX__
+# include "os2compat.c"
+#else
+/* Avoid AIX compiler warning. */
+typedef int dummy;
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
+ Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+ USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "plural-exp.h"
+
+#if (defined __GNUC__ && !defined __APPLE_CC__) \
+ || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L)
+
+/* These structs are the constant expression for the germanic plural
+ form determination. It represents the expression "n != 1". */
+static const struct expression plvar =
+{
+ .nargs = 0,
+ .operation = var,
+};
+static const struct expression plone =
+{
+ .nargs = 0,
+ .operation = num,
+ .val =
+ {
+ .num = 1
+ }
+};
+struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL =
+{
+ .nargs = 2,
+ .operation = not_equal,
+ .val =
+ {
+ .args =
+ {
+ [0] = (struct expression *) &plvar,
+ [1] = (struct expression *) &plone
+ }
+ }
+};
+
+# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL()
+
+#else
+
+/* For compilers without support for ISO C 99 struct/union initializers:
+ Initialization at run-time. */
+
+static struct expression plvar;
+static struct expression plone;
+struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL;
+
+static void
+init_germanic_plural ()
+{
+ if (plone.val.num == 0)
+ {
+ plvar.nargs = 0;
+ plvar.operation = var;
+
+ plone.nargs = 0;
+ plone.operation = num;
+ plone.val.num = 1;
+
+ GERMANIC_PLURAL.nargs = 2;
+ GERMANIC_PLURAL.operation = not_equal;
+ GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[0] = &plvar;
+ GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[1] = &plone;
+ }
+}
+
+# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() init_germanic_plural ()
+
+#endif
+
+void
+internal_function
+EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (nullentry, pluralp, npluralsp)
+ const char *nullentry;
+ struct expression **pluralp;
+ unsigned long int *npluralsp;
+{
+ if (nullentry != NULL)
+ {
+ const char *plural;
+ const char *nplurals;
+
+ plural = strstr (nullentry, "plural=");
+ nplurals = strstr (nullentry, "nplurals=");
+ if (plural == NULL || nplurals == NULL)
+ goto no_plural;
+ else
+ {
+ char *endp;
+ unsigned long int n;
+ struct parse_args args;
+
+ /* First get the number. */
+ nplurals += 9;
+ while (*nplurals != '\0' && isspace ((unsigned char) *nplurals))
+ ++nplurals;
+ if (!(*nplurals >= '0' && *nplurals <= '9'))
+ goto no_plural;
+#if defined HAVE_STRTOUL || defined _LIBC
+ n = strtoul (nplurals, &endp, 10);
+#else
+ for (endp = nplurals, n = 0; *endp >= '0' && *endp <= '9'; endp++)
+ n = n * 10 + (*endp - '0');
+#endif
+ if (nplurals == endp)
+ goto no_plural;
+ *npluralsp = n;
+
+ /* Due to the restrictions bison imposes onto the interface of the
+ scanner function we have to put the input string and the result
+ passed up from the parser into the same structure which address
+ is passed down to the parser. */
+ plural += 7;
+ args.cp = plural;
+ if (PLURAL_PARSE (&args) != 0)
+ goto no_plural;
+ *pluralp = args.res;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* By default we are using the Germanic form: singular form only
+ for `one', the plural form otherwise. Yes, this is also what
+ English is using since English is a Germanic language. */
+ no_plural:
+ INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL ();
+ *pluralp = &GERMANIC_PLURAL;
+ *npluralsp = 2;
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+/* Expression parsing and evaluation for plural form selection.
+ Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+ USA. */
+
+#ifndef _PLURAL_EXP_H
+#define _PLURAL_EXP_H
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
+# define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+# define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef internal_function
+# define internal_function
+#endif
+
+#ifndef attribute_hidden
+# define attribute_hidden
+#endif
+
+
+/* This is the representation of the expressions to determine the
+ plural form. */
+struct expression
+{
+ int nargs; /* Number of arguments. */
+ enum operator
+ {
+ /* Without arguments: */
+ var, /* The variable "n". */
+ num, /* Decimal number. */
+ /* Unary operators: */
+ lnot, /* Logical NOT. */
+ /* Binary operators: */
+ mult, /* Multiplication. */
+ divide, /* Division. */
+ module, /* Modulo operation. */
+ plus, /* Addition. */
+ minus, /* Subtraction. */
+ less_than, /* Comparison. */
+ greater_than, /* Comparison. */
+ less_or_equal, /* Comparison. */
+ greater_or_equal, /* Comparison. */
+ equal, /* Comparison for equality. */
+ not_equal, /* Comparison for inequality. */
+ land, /* Logical AND. */
+ lor, /* Logical OR. */
+ /* Ternary operators: */
+ qmop /* Question mark operator. */
+ } operation;
+ union
+ {
+ unsigned long int num; /* Number value for `num'. */
+ struct expression *args[3]; /* Up to three arguments. */
+ } val;
+};
+
+/* This is the data structure to pass information to the parser and get
+ the result in a thread-safe way. */
+struct parse_args
+{
+ const char *cp;
+ struct expression *res;
+};
+
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. This source code is used
+ 1. in the GNU C Library library,
+ 2. in the GNU libintl library,
+ 3. in the GNU gettext tools.
+ The function names in each situation must be different, to allow for
+ binary incompatible changes in 'struct expression'. Furthermore,
+ 1. in the GNU C Library library, the names have a __ prefix,
+ 2.+3. in the GNU libintl library and in the GNU gettext tools, the names
+ must follow ANSI C and not start with __.
+ So we have to distinguish the three cases. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp
+# define PLURAL_PARSE __gettextparse
+# define GERMANIC_PLURAL __gettext_germanic_plural
+# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION __gettext_extract_plural
+#elif defined (IN_LIBINTL)
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_free_exp
+# define PLURAL_PARSE libintl_gettextparse
+# define GERMANIC_PLURAL libintl_gettext_germanic_plural
+# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_extract_plural
+#else
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION free_plural_expression
+# define PLURAL_PARSE parse_plural_expression
+# define GERMANIC_PLURAL germanic_plural
+# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION extract_plural_expression
+#endif
+
+extern void FREE_EXPRESSION PARAMS ((struct expression *exp))
+ internal_function;
+extern int PLURAL_PARSE PARAMS ((void *arg));
+extern struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL attribute_hidden;
+extern void EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION PARAMS ((const char *nullentry,
+ struct expression **pluralp,
+ unsigned long int *npluralsp))
+ internal_function;
+
+#if !defined (_LIBC) && !defined (IN_LIBINTL)
+extern unsigned long int plural_eval PARAMS ((struct expression *pexp,
+ unsigned long int n));
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _PLURAL_EXP_H */
--- /dev/null
+/* A Bison parser, made from plural.y
+ by GNU bison 1.35. */
+
+#define YYBISON 1 /* Identify Bison output. */
+
+#define yyparse __gettextparse
+#define yylex __gettextlex
+#define yyerror __gettexterror
+#define yylval __gettextlval
+#define yychar __gettextchar
+#define yydebug __gettextdebug
+#define yynerrs __gettextnerrs
+# define EQUOP2 257
+# define CMPOP2 258
+# define ADDOP2 259
+# define MULOP2 260
+# define NUMBER 261
+
+#line 1 "plural.y"
+
+/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
+ Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+ USA. */
+
+/* The bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this
+ declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's
+ skeleton file comes too late. This must come before <config.h>
+ because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers. */
+#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__
+ #pragma alloca
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "plural-exp.h"
+
+/* The main function generated by the parser is called __gettextparse,
+ but we want it to be called PLURAL_PARSE. */
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# define __gettextparse PLURAL_PARSE
+#endif
+
+#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg
+
+#line 49 "plural.y"
+#ifndef YYSTYPE
+typedef union {
+ unsigned long int num;
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *exp;
+} yystype;
+# define YYSTYPE yystype
+# define YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL 1
+#endif
+#line 55 "plural.y"
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions. */
+static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op,
+ struct expression * const *args));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+ struct expression *right));
+static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+ struct expression *left,
+ struct expression *right));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+ struct expression *bexp,
+ struct expression *tbranch,
+ struct expression *fbranch));
+static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp));
+static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str));
+
+/* Allocation of expressions. */
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp (nargs, op, args)
+ int nargs;
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression * const *args;
+{
+ int i;
+ struct expression *newp;
+
+ /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */
+ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ if (args[i] == NULL)
+ goto fail;
+
+ /* Allocate a new expression. */
+ newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));
+ if (newp != NULL)
+ {
+ newp->nargs = nargs;
+ newp->operation = op;
+ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ newp->val.args[i] = args[i];
+ return newp;
+ }
+
+ fail:
+ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]);
+
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_0 (op)
+ enum operator op;
+{
+ return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_1 (op, right)
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *right;
+{
+ struct expression *args[1];
+
+ args[0] = right;
+ return new_exp (1, op, args);
+}
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp_2 (op, left, right)
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *left;
+ struct expression *right;
+{
+ struct expression *args[2];
+
+ args[0] = left;
+ args[1] = right;
+ return new_exp (2, op, args);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch)
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *bexp;
+ struct expression *tbranch;
+ struct expression *fbranch;
+{
+ struct expression *args[3];
+
+ args[0] = bexp;
+ args[1] = tbranch;
+ args[2] = fbranch;
+ return new_exp (3, op, args);
+}
+
+#ifndef YYDEBUG
+# define YYDEBUG 0
+#endif
+
+
+
+#define YYFINAL 27
+#define YYFLAG -32768
+#define YYNTBASE 16
+
+/* YYTRANSLATE(YYLEX) -- Bison token number corresponding to YYLEX. */
+#define YYTRANSLATE(x) ((unsigned)(x) <= 261 ? yytranslate[x] : 18)
+
+/* YYTRANSLATE[YYLEX] -- Bison token number corresponding to YYLEX. */
+static const char yytranslate[] =
+{
+ 0, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 10, 2, 2, 2, 2, 5, 2,
+ 14, 15, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 12, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 3, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 13, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 4, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1, 6, 7, 8,
+ 9, 11
+};
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+static const short yyprhs[] =
+{
+ 0, 0, 2, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32,
+ 35, 37, 39
+};
+static const short yyrhs[] =
+{
+ 17, 0, 17, 3, 17, 12, 17, 0, 17, 4,
+ 17, 0, 17, 5, 17, 0, 17, 6, 17, 0,
+ 17, 7, 17, 0, 17, 8, 17, 0, 17, 9,
+ 17, 0, 10, 17, 0, 13, 0, 11, 0, 14,
+ 17, 15, 0
+};
+
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+/* YYRLINE[YYN] -- source line where rule number YYN was defined. */
+static const short yyrline[] =
+{
+ 0, 174, 182, 186, 190, 194, 198, 202, 206, 210,
+ 214, 218, 223
+};
+#endif
+
+
+#if (YYDEBUG) || defined YYERROR_VERBOSE
+
+/* YYTNAME[TOKEN_NUM] -- String name of the token TOKEN_NUM. */
+static const char *const yytname[] =
+{
+ "$", "error", "$undefined.", "'?'", "'|'", "'&'", "EQUOP2", "CMPOP2",
+ "ADDOP2", "MULOP2", "'!'", "NUMBER", "':'", "'n'", "'('", "')'",
+ "start", "exp", 0
+};
+#endif
+
+/* YYR1[YYN] -- Symbol number of symbol that rule YYN derives. */
+static const short yyr1[] =
+{
+ 0, 16, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17,
+ 17, 17, 17
+};
+
+/* YYR2[YYN] -- Number of symbols composing right hand side of rule YYN. */
+static const short yyr2[] =
+{
+ 0, 1, 5, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 2,
+ 1, 1, 3
+};
+
+/* YYDEFACT[S] -- default rule to reduce with in state S when YYTABLE
+ doesn't specify something else to do. Zero means the default is an
+ error. */
+static const short yydefact[] =
+{
+ 0, 0, 11, 10, 0, 1, 9, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 12, 0, 3, 4, 5,
+ 6, 7, 8, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0
+};
+
+static const short yydefgoto[] =
+{
+ 25, 5
+};
+
+static const short yypact[] =
+{
+ -9, -9,-32768,-32768, -9, 34,-32768, 11, -9, -9,
+ -9, -9, -9, -9, -9,-32768, 24, 39, 43, 16,
+ 26, -3,-32768, -9, 34, 21, 53,-32768
+};
+
+static const short yypgoto[] =
+{
+ -32768, -1
+};
+
+
+#define YYLAST 53
+
+
+static const short yytable[] =
+{
+ 6, 1, 2, 7, 3, 4, 14, 16, 17, 18,
+ 19, 20, 21, 22, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13,
+ 14, 26, 24, 12, 13, 14, 15, 8, 9, 10,
+ 11, 12, 13, 14, 13, 14, 23, 8, 9, 10,
+ 11, 12, 13, 14, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 11,
+ 12, 13, 14, 27
+};
+
+static const short yycheck[] =
+{
+ 1, 10, 11, 4, 13, 14, 9, 8, 9, 10,
+ 11, 12, 13, 14, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,
+ 9, 0, 23, 7, 8, 9, 15, 3, 4, 5,
+ 6, 7, 8, 9, 8, 9, 12, 3, 4, 5,
+ 6, 7, 8, 9, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 6,
+ 7, 8, 9, 0
+};
+#define YYPURE 1
+
+/* -*-C-*- Note some compilers choke on comments on `#line' lines. */
+#line 3 "/usr/local/share/bison/bison.simple"
+
+/* Skeleton output parser for bison,
+
+ Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+ Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+/* As a special exception, when this file is copied by Bison into a
+ Bison output file, you may use that output file without restriction.
+ This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation
+ in version 1.24 of Bison. */
+
+/* This is the parser code that is written into each bison parser when
+ the %semantic_parser declaration is not specified in the grammar.
+ It was written by Richard Stallman by simplifying the hairy parser
+ used when %semantic_parser is specified. */
+
+/* All symbols defined below should begin with yy or YY, to avoid
+ infringing on user name space. This should be done even for local
+ variables, as they might otherwise be expanded by user macros.
+ There are some unavoidable exceptions within include files to
+ define necessary library symbols; they are noted "INFRINGES ON
+ USER NAME SPACE" below. */
+
+#if ! defined (yyoverflow) || defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE)
+
+/* The parser invokes alloca or malloc; define the necessary symbols. */
+
+# if YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+# define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca
+# else
+# ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+# if defined (alloca) || defined (_ALLOCA_H)
+# define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca
+# else
+# ifdef __GNUC__
+# define YYSTACK_ALLOC __builtin_alloca
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+
+# ifdef YYSTACK_ALLOC
+ /* Pacify GCC's `empty if-body' warning. */
+# define YYSTACK_FREE(Ptr) do { /* empty */; } while (0)
+# else
+# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+# include <stdlib.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+# define YYSIZE_T size_t
+# endif
+# define YYSTACK_ALLOC malloc
+# define YYSTACK_FREE free
+# endif
+#endif /* ! defined (yyoverflow) || defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE) */
+
+
+#if (! defined (yyoverflow) \
+ && (! defined (__cplusplus) \
+ || (YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL && YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL)))
+
+/* A type that is properly aligned for any stack member. */
+union yyalloc
+{
+ short yyss;
+ YYSTYPE yyvs;
+# if YYLSP_NEEDED
+ YYLTYPE yyls;
+# endif
+};
+
+/* The size of the maximum gap between one aligned stack and the next. */
+# define YYSTACK_GAP_MAX (sizeof (union yyalloc) - 1)
+
+/* The size of an array large to enough to hold all stacks, each with
+ N elements. */
+# if YYLSP_NEEDED
+# define YYSTACK_BYTES(N) \
+ ((N) * (sizeof (short) + sizeof (YYSTYPE) + sizeof (YYLTYPE)) \
+ + 2 * YYSTACK_GAP_MAX)
+# else
+# define YYSTACK_BYTES(N) \
+ ((N) * (sizeof (short) + sizeof (YYSTYPE)) \
+ + YYSTACK_GAP_MAX)
+# endif
+
+/* Copy COUNT objects from FROM to TO. The source and destination do
+ not overlap. */
+# ifndef YYCOPY
+# if 1 < __GNUC__
+# define YYCOPY(To, From, Count) \
+ __builtin_memcpy (To, From, (Count) * sizeof (*(From)))
+# else
+# define YYCOPY(To, From, Count) \
+ do \
+ { \
+ register YYSIZE_T yyi; \
+ for (yyi = 0; yyi < (Count); yyi++) \
+ (To)[yyi] = (From)[yyi]; \
+ } \
+ while (0)
+# endif
+# endif
+
+/* Relocate STACK from its old location to the new one. The
+ local variables YYSIZE and YYSTACKSIZE give the old and new number of
+ elements in the stack, and YYPTR gives the new location of the
+ stack. Advance YYPTR to a properly aligned location for the next
+ stack. */
+# define YYSTACK_RELOCATE(Stack) \
+ do \
+ { \
+ YYSIZE_T yynewbytes; \
+ YYCOPY (&yyptr->Stack, Stack, yysize); \
+ Stack = &yyptr->Stack; \
+ yynewbytes = yystacksize * sizeof (*Stack) + YYSTACK_GAP_MAX; \
+ yyptr += yynewbytes / sizeof (*yyptr); \
+ } \
+ while (0)
+
+#endif
+
+
+#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T) && defined (__SIZE_TYPE__)
+# define YYSIZE_T __SIZE_TYPE__
+#endif
+#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T) && defined (size_t)
+# define YYSIZE_T size_t
+#endif
+#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T)
+# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+# include <stddef.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+# define YYSIZE_T size_t
+# endif
+#endif
+#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T)
+# define YYSIZE_T unsigned int
+#endif
+
+#define yyerrok (yyerrstatus = 0)
+#define yyclearin (yychar = YYEMPTY)
+#define YYEMPTY -2
+#define YYEOF 0
+#define YYACCEPT goto yyacceptlab
+#define YYABORT goto yyabortlab
+#define YYERROR goto yyerrlab1
+/* Like YYERROR except do call yyerror. This remains here temporarily
+ to ease the transition to the new meaning of YYERROR, for GCC.
+ Once GCC version 2 has supplanted version 1, this can go. */
+#define YYFAIL goto yyerrlab
+#define YYRECOVERING() (!!yyerrstatus)
+#define YYBACKUP(Token, Value) \
+do \
+ if (yychar == YYEMPTY && yylen == 1) \
+ { \
+ yychar = (Token); \
+ yylval = (Value); \
+ yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE (yychar); \
+ YYPOPSTACK; \
+ goto yybackup; \
+ } \
+ else \
+ { \
+ yyerror ("syntax error: cannot back up"); \
+ YYERROR; \
+ } \
+while (0)
+
+#define YYTERROR 1
+#define YYERRCODE 256
+
+
+/* YYLLOC_DEFAULT -- Compute the default location (before the actions
+ are run).
+
+ When YYLLOC_DEFAULT is run, CURRENT is set the location of the
+ first token. By default, to implement support for ranges, extend
+ its range to the last symbol. */
+
+#ifndef YYLLOC_DEFAULT
+# define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
+ Current.last_line = Rhs[N].last_line; \
+ Current.last_column = Rhs[N].last_column;
+#endif
+
+
+/* YYLEX -- calling `yylex' with the right arguments. */
+
+#if YYPURE
+# if YYLSP_NEEDED
+# ifdef YYLEX_PARAM
+# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval, &yylloc, YYLEX_PARAM)
+# else
+# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval, &yylloc)
+# endif
+# else /* !YYLSP_NEEDED */
+# ifdef YYLEX_PARAM
+# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval, YYLEX_PARAM)
+# else
+# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval)
+# endif
+# endif /* !YYLSP_NEEDED */
+#else /* !YYPURE */
+# define YYLEX yylex ()
+#endif /* !YYPURE */
+
+
+/* Enable debugging if requested. */
+#if YYDEBUG
+
+# ifndef YYFPRINTF
+# include <stdio.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+# define YYFPRINTF fprintf
+# endif
+
+# define YYDPRINTF(Args) \
+do { \
+ if (yydebug) \
+ YYFPRINTF Args; \
+} while (0)
+/* Nonzero means print parse trace. It is left uninitialized so that
+ multiple parsers can coexist. */
+int yydebug;
+#else /* !YYDEBUG */
+# define YYDPRINTF(Args)
+#endif /* !YYDEBUG */
+
+/* YYINITDEPTH -- initial size of the parser's stacks. */
+#ifndef YYINITDEPTH
+# define YYINITDEPTH 200
+#endif
+
+/* YYMAXDEPTH -- maximum size the stacks can grow to (effective only
+ if the built-in stack extension method is used).
+
+ Do not make this value too large; the results are undefined if
+ SIZE_MAX < YYSTACK_BYTES (YYMAXDEPTH)
+ evaluated with infinite-precision integer arithmetic. */
+
+#if YYMAXDEPTH == 0
+# undef YYMAXDEPTH
+#endif
+
+#ifndef YYMAXDEPTH
+# define YYMAXDEPTH 10000
+#endif
+\f
+#ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE
+
+# ifndef yystrlen
+# if defined (__GLIBC__) && defined (_STRING_H)
+# define yystrlen strlen
+# else
+/* Return the length of YYSTR. */
+static YYSIZE_T
+# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+yystrlen (const char *yystr)
+# else
+yystrlen (yystr)
+ const char *yystr;
+# endif
+{
+ register const char *yys = yystr;
+
+ while (*yys++ != '\0')
+ continue;
+
+ return yys - yystr - 1;
+}
+# endif
+# endif
+
+# ifndef yystpcpy
+# if defined (__GLIBC__) && defined (_STRING_H) && defined (_GNU_SOURCE)
+# define yystpcpy stpcpy
+# else
+/* Copy YYSRC to YYDEST, returning the address of the terminating '\0' in
+ YYDEST. */
+static char *
+# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+yystpcpy (char *yydest, const char *yysrc)
+# else
+yystpcpy (yydest, yysrc)
+ char *yydest;
+ const char *yysrc;
+# endif
+{
+ register char *yyd = yydest;
+ register const char *yys = yysrc;
+
+ while ((*yyd++ = *yys++) != '\0')
+ continue;
+
+ return yyd - 1;
+}
+# endif
+# endif
+#endif
+\f
+#line 315 "/usr/local/share/bison/bison.simple"
+
+
+/* The user can define YYPARSE_PARAM as the name of an argument to be passed
+ into yyparse. The argument should have type void *.
+ It should actually point to an object.
+ Grammar actions can access the variable by casting it
+ to the proper pointer type. */
+
+#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
+# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+# define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG void *YYPARSE_PARAM
+# define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
+# else
+# define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG YYPARSE_PARAM
+# define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL void *YYPARSE_PARAM;
+# endif
+#else /* !YYPARSE_PARAM */
+# define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG
+# define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
+#endif /* !YYPARSE_PARAM */
+
+/* Prevent warning if -Wstrict-prototypes. */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
+int yyparse (void *);
+# else
+int yyparse (void);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* YY_DECL_VARIABLES -- depending whether we use a pure parser,
+ variables are global, or local to YYPARSE. */
+
+#define YY_DECL_NON_LSP_VARIABLES \
+/* The lookahead symbol. */ \
+int yychar; \
+ \
+/* The semantic value of the lookahead symbol. */ \
+YYSTYPE yylval; \
+ \
+/* Number of parse errors so far. */ \
+int yynerrs;
+
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+# define YY_DECL_VARIABLES \
+YY_DECL_NON_LSP_VARIABLES \
+ \
+/* Location data for the lookahead symbol. */ \
+YYLTYPE yylloc;
+#else
+# define YY_DECL_VARIABLES \
+YY_DECL_NON_LSP_VARIABLES
+#endif
+
+
+/* If nonreentrant, generate the variables here. */
+
+#if !YYPURE
+YY_DECL_VARIABLES
+#endif /* !YYPURE */
+
+int
+yyparse (YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG)
+ YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
+{
+ /* If reentrant, generate the variables here. */
+#if YYPURE
+ YY_DECL_VARIABLES
+#endif /* !YYPURE */
+
+ register int yystate;
+ register int yyn;
+ int yyresult;
+ /* Number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled. */
+ int yyerrstatus;
+ /* Lookahead token as an internal (translated) token number. */
+ int yychar1 = 0;
+
+ /* Three stacks and their tools:
+ `yyss': related to states,
+ `yyvs': related to semantic values,
+ `yyls': related to locations.
+
+ Refer to the stacks thru separate pointers, to allow yyoverflow
+ to reallocate them elsewhere. */
+
+ /* The state stack. */
+ short yyssa[YYINITDEPTH];
+ short *yyss = yyssa;
+ register short *yyssp;
+
+ /* The semantic value stack. */
+ YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH];
+ YYSTYPE *yyvs = yyvsa;
+ register YYSTYPE *yyvsp;
+
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+ /* The location stack. */
+ YYLTYPE yylsa[YYINITDEPTH];
+ YYLTYPE *yyls = yylsa;
+ YYLTYPE *yylsp;
+#endif
+
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+# define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--, yylsp--)
+#else
+# define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--)
+#endif
+
+ YYSIZE_T yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH;
+
+
+ /* The variables used to return semantic value and location from the
+ action routines. */
+ YYSTYPE yyval;
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+ YYLTYPE yyloc;
+#endif
+
+ /* When reducing, the number of symbols on the RHS of the reduced
+ rule. */
+ int yylen;
+
+ YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Starting parse\n"));
+
+ yystate = 0;
+ yyerrstatus = 0;
+ yynerrs = 0;
+ yychar = YYEMPTY; /* Cause a token to be read. */
+
+ /* Initialize stack pointers.
+ Waste one element of value and location stack
+ so that they stay on the same level as the state stack.
+ The wasted elements are never initialized. */
+
+ yyssp = yyss;
+ yyvsp = yyvs;
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+ yylsp = yyls;
+#endif
+ goto yysetstate;
+
+/*------------------------------------------------------------.
+| yynewstate -- Push a new state, which is found in yystate. |
+`------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ yynewstate:
+ /* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks
+ have just been pushed. so pushing a state here evens the stacks.
+ */
+ yyssp++;
+
+ yysetstate:
+ *yyssp = yystate;
+
+ if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1)
+ {
+ /* Get the current used size of the three stacks, in elements. */
+ YYSIZE_T yysize = yyssp - yyss + 1;
+
+#ifdef yyoverflow
+ {
+ /* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack. Use copies of
+ these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into
+ memory. */
+ YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs;
+ short *yyss1 = yyss;
+
+ /* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of the
+ data in use in that stack, in bytes. */
+# if YYLSP_NEEDED
+ YYLTYPE *yyls1 = yyls;
+ /* This used to be a conditional around just the two extra args,
+ but that might be undefined if yyoverflow is a macro. */
+ yyoverflow ("parser stack overflow",
+ &yyss1, yysize * sizeof (*yyssp),
+ &yyvs1, yysize * sizeof (*yyvsp),
+ &yyls1, yysize * sizeof (*yylsp),
+ &yystacksize);
+ yyls = yyls1;
+# else
+ yyoverflow ("parser stack overflow",
+ &yyss1, yysize * sizeof (*yyssp),
+ &yyvs1, yysize * sizeof (*yyvsp),
+ &yystacksize);
+# endif
+ yyss = yyss1;
+ yyvs = yyvs1;
+ }
+#else /* no yyoverflow */
+# ifndef YYSTACK_RELOCATE
+ goto yyoverflowlab;
+# else
+ /* Extend the stack our own way. */
+ if (yystacksize >= YYMAXDEPTH)
+ goto yyoverflowlab;
+ yystacksize *= 2;
+ if (yystacksize > YYMAXDEPTH)
+ yystacksize = YYMAXDEPTH;
+
+ {
+ short *yyss1 = yyss;
+ union yyalloc *yyptr =
+ (union yyalloc *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (YYSTACK_BYTES (yystacksize));
+ if (! yyptr)
+ goto yyoverflowlab;
+ YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyss);
+ YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyvs);
+# if YYLSP_NEEDED
+ YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyls);
+# endif
+# undef YYSTACK_RELOCATE
+ if (yyss1 != yyssa)
+ YYSTACK_FREE (yyss1);
+ }
+# endif
+#endif /* no yyoverflow */
+
+ yyssp = yyss + yysize - 1;
+ yyvsp = yyvs + yysize - 1;
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+ yylsp = yyls + yysize - 1;
+#endif
+
+ YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Stack size increased to %lu\n",
+ (unsigned long int) yystacksize));
+
+ if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1)
+ YYABORT;
+ }
+
+ YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Entering state %d\n", yystate));
+
+ goto yybackup;
+
+
+/*-----------.
+| yybackup. |
+`-----------*/
+yybackup:
+
+/* Do appropriate processing given the current state. */
+/* Read a lookahead token if we need one and don't already have one. */
+/* yyresume: */
+
+ /* First try to decide what to do without reference to lookahead token. */
+
+ yyn = yypact[yystate];
+ if (yyn == YYFLAG)
+ goto yydefault;
+
+ /* Not known => get a lookahead token if don't already have one. */
+
+ /* yychar is either YYEMPTY or YYEOF
+ or a valid token in external form. */
+
+ if (yychar == YYEMPTY)
+ {
+ YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Reading a token: "));
+ yychar = YYLEX;
+ }
+
+ /* Convert token to internal form (in yychar1) for indexing tables with */
+
+ if (yychar <= 0) /* This means end of input. */
+ {
+ yychar1 = 0;
+ yychar = YYEOF; /* Don't call YYLEX any more */
+
+ YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Now at end of input.\n"));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE (yychar);
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+ /* We have to keep this `#if YYDEBUG', since we use variables
+ which are defined only if `YYDEBUG' is set. */
+ if (yydebug)
+ {
+ YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Next token is %d (%s",
+ yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
+ /* Give the individual parser a way to print the precise
+ meaning of a token, for further debugging info. */
+# ifdef YYPRINT
+ YYPRINT (stderr, yychar, yylval);
+# endif
+ YYFPRINTF (stderr, ")\n");
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+
+ yyn += yychar1;
+ if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != yychar1)
+ goto yydefault;
+
+ yyn = yytable[yyn];
+
+ /* yyn is what to do for this token type in this state.
+ Negative => reduce, -yyn is rule number.
+ Positive => shift, yyn is new state.
+ New state is final state => don't bother to shift,
+ just return success.
+ 0, or most negative number => error. */
+
+ if (yyn < 0)
+ {
+ if (yyn == YYFLAG)
+ goto yyerrlab;
+ yyn = -yyn;
+ goto yyreduce;
+ }
+ else if (yyn == 0)
+ goto yyerrlab;
+
+ if (yyn == YYFINAL)
+ YYACCEPT;
+
+ /* Shift the lookahead token. */
+ YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Shifting token %d (%s), ",
+ yychar, yytname[yychar1]));
+
+ /* Discard the token being shifted unless it is eof. */
+ if (yychar != YYEOF)
+ yychar = YYEMPTY;
+
+ *++yyvsp = yylval;
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+ *++yylsp = yylloc;
+#endif
+
+ /* Count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error
+ status. */
+ if (yyerrstatus)
+ yyerrstatus--;
+
+ yystate = yyn;
+ goto yynewstate;
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------.
+| yydefault -- do the default action for the current state. |
+`-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+yydefault:
+ yyn = yydefact[yystate];
+ if (yyn == 0)
+ goto yyerrlab;
+ goto yyreduce;
+
+
+/*-----------------------------.
+| yyreduce -- Do a reduction. |
+`-----------------------------*/
+yyreduce:
+ /* yyn is the number of a rule to reduce with. */
+ yylen = yyr2[yyn];
+
+ /* If YYLEN is nonzero, implement the default value of the action:
+ `$$ = $1'.
+
+ Otherwise, the following line sets YYVAL to the semantic value of
+ the lookahead token. This behavior is undocumented and Bison
+ users should not rely upon it. Assigning to YYVAL
+ unconditionally makes the parser a bit smaller, and it avoids a
+ GCC warning that YYVAL may be used uninitialized. */
+ yyval = yyvsp[1-yylen];
+
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+ /* Similarly for the default location. Let the user run additional
+ commands if for instance locations are ranges. */
+ yyloc = yylsp[1-yylen];
+ YYLLOC_DEFAULT (yyloc, (yylsp - yylen), yylen);
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+ /* We have to keep this `#if YYDEBUG', since we use variables which
+ are defined only if `YYDEBUG' is set. */
+ if (yydebug)
+ {
+ int yyi;
+
+ YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Reducing via rule %d (line %d), ",
+ yyn, yyrline[yyn]);
+
+ /* Print the symbols being reduced, and their result. */
+ for (yyi = yyprhs[yyn]; yyrhs[yyi] > 0; yyi++)
+ YYFPRINTF (stderr, "%s ", yytname[yyrhs[yyi]]);
+ YYFPRINTF (stderr, " -> %s\n", yytname[yyr1[yyn]]);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ switch (yyn) {
+
+case 1:
+#line 175 "plural.y"
+{
+ if (yyvsp[0].exp == NULL)
+ YYABORT;
+ ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = yyvsp[0].exp;
+ }
+ break;
+case 2:
+#line 183 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_3 (qmop, yyvsp[-4].exp, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+ }
+ break;
+case 3:
+#line 187 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (lor, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+ }
+ break;
+case 4:
+#line 191 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (land, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+ }
+ break;
+case 5:
+#line 195 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+ }
+ break;
+case 6:
+#line 199 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+ }
+ break;
+case 7:
+#line 203 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+ }
+ break;
+case 8:
+#line 207 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+ }
+ break;
+case 9:
+#line 211 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_1 (lnot, yyvsp[0].exp);
+ }
+ break;
+case 10:
+#line 215 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (var);
+ }
+ break;
+case 11:
+#line 219 "plural.y"
+{
+ if ((yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL)
+ yyval.exp->val.num = yyvsp[0].num;
+ }
+ break;
+case 12:
+#line 224 "plural.y"
+{
+ yyval.exp = yyvsp[-1].exp;
+ }
+ break;
+}
+
+#line 705 "/usr/local/share/bison/bison.simple"
+
+\f
+ yyvsp -= yylen;
+ yyssp -= yylen;
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+ yylsp -= yylen;
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+ if (yydebug)
+ {
+ short *yyssp1 = yyss - 1;
+ YYFPRINTF (stderr, "state stack now");
+ while (yyssp1 != yyssp)
+ YYFPRINTF (stderr, " %d", *++yyssp1);
+ YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n");
+ }
+#endif
+
+ *++yyvsp = yyval;
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+ *++yylsp = yyloc;
+#endif
+
+ /* Now `shift' the result of the reduction. Determine what state
+ that goes to, based on the state we popped back to and the rule
+ number reduced by. */
+
+ yyn = yyr1[yyn];
+
+ yystate = yypgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE] + *yyssp;
+ if (yystate >= 0 && yystate <= YYLAST && yycheck[yystate] == *yyssp)
+ yystate = yytable[yystate];
+ else
+ yystate = yydefgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE];
+
+ goto yynewstate;
+
+
+/*------------------------------------.
+| yyerrlab -- here on detecting error |
+`------------------------------------*/
+yyerrlab:
+ /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error. */
+ if (!yyerrstatus)
+ {
+ ++yynerrs;
+
+#ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE
+ yyn = yypact[yystate];
+
+ if (yyn > YYFLAG && yyn < YYLAST)
+ {
+ YYSIZE_T yysize = 0;
+ char *yymsg;
+ int yyx, yycount;
+
+ yycount = 0;
+ /* Start YYX at -YYN if negative to avoid negative indexes in
+ YYCHECK. */
+ for (yyx = yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0;
+ yyx < (int) (sizeof (yytname) / sizeof (char *)); yyx++)
+ if (yycheck[yyx + yyn] == yyx)
+ yysize += yystrlen (yytname[yyx]) + 15, yycount++;
+ yysize += yystrlen ("parse error, unexpected ") + 1;
+ yysize += yystrlen (yytname[YYTRANSLATE (yychar)]);
+ yymsg = (char *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yysize);
+ if (yymsg != 0)
+ {
+ char *yyp = yystpcpy (yymsg, "parse error, unexpected ");
+ yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yytname[YYTRANSLATE (yychar)]);
+
+ if (yycount < 5)
+ {
+ yycount = 0;
+ for (yyx = yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0;
+ yyx < (int) (sizeof (yytname) / sizeof (char *));
+ yyx++)
+ if (yycheck[yyx + yyn] == yyx)
+ {
+ const char *yyq = ! yycount ? ", expecting " : " or ";
+ yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yyq);
+ yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yytname[yyx]);
+ yycount++;
+ }
+ }
+ yyerror (yymsg);
+ YYSTACK_FREE (yymsg);
+ }
+ else
+ yyerror ("parse error; also virtual memory exhausted");
+ }
+ else
+#endif /* defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE) */
+ yyerror ("parse error");
+ }
+ goto yyerrlab1;
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------.
+| yyerrlab1 -- error raised explicitly by an action |
+`--------------------------------------------------*/
+yyerrlab1:
+ if (yyerrstatus == 3)
+ {
+ /* If just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an
+ error, discard it. */
+
+ /* return failure if at end of input */
+ if (yychar == YYEOF)
+ YYABORT;
+ YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Discarding token %d (%s).\n",
+ yychar, yytname[yychar1]));
+ yychar = YYEMPTY;
+ }
+
+ /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token after shifting the error
+ token. */
+
+ yyerrstatus = 3; /* Each real token shifted decrements this */
+
+ goto yyerrhandle;
+
+
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------.
+| yyerrdefault -- current state does not do anything special for the |
+| error token. |
+`-------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+yyerrdefault:
+#if 0
+ /* This is wrong; only states that explicitly want error tokens
+ should shift them. */
+
+ /* If its default is to accept any token, ok. Otherwise pop it. */
+ yyn = yydefact[yystate];
+ if (yyn)
+ goto yydefault;
+#endif
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------.
+| yyerrpop -- pop the current state because it cannot handle the |
+| error token |
+`---------------------------------------------------------------*/
+yyerrpop:
+ if (yyssp == yyss)
+ YYABORT;
+ yyvsp--;
+ yystate = *--yyssp;
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+ yylsp--;
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+ if (yydebug)
+ {
+ short *yyssp1 = yyss - 1;
+ YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Error: state stack now");
+ while (yyssp1 != yyssp)
+ YYFPRINTF (stderr, " %d", *++yyssp1);
+ YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n");
+ }
+#endif
+
+/*--------------.
+| yyerrhandle. |
+`--------------*/
+yyerrhandle:
+ yyn = yypact[yystate];
+ if (yyn == YYFLAG)
+ goto yyerrdefault;
+
+ yyn += YYTERROR;
+ if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != YYTERROR)
+ goto yyerrdefault;
+
+ yyn = yytable[yyn];
+ if (yyn < 0)
+ {
+ if (yyn == YYFLAG)
+ goto yyerrpop;
+ yyn = -yyn;
+ goto yyreduce;
+ }
+ else if (yyn == 0)
+ goto yyerrpop;
+
+ if (yyn == YYFINAL)
+ YYACCEPT;
+
+ YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Shifting error token, "));
+
+ *++yyvsp = yylval;
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+ *++yylsp = yylloc;
+#endif
+
+ yystate = yyn;
+ goto yynewstate;
+
+
+/*-------------------------------------.
+| yyacceptlab -- YYACCEPT comes here. |
+`-------------------------------------*/
+yyacceptlab:
+ yyresult = 0;
+ goto yyreturn;
+
+/*-----------------------------------.
+| yyabortlab -- YYABORT comes here. |
+`-----------------------------------*/
+yyabortlab:
+ yyresult = 1;
+ goto yyreturn;
+
+/*---------------------------------------------.
+| yyoverflowab -- parser overflow comes here. |
+`---------------------------------------------*/
+yyoverflowlab:
+ yyerror ("parser stack overflow");
+ yyresult = 2;
+ /* Fall through. */
+
+yyreturn:
+#ifndef yyoverflow
+ if (yyss != yyssa)
+ YYSTACK_FREE (yyss);
+#endif
+ return yyresult;
+}
+#line 229 "plural.y"
+
+
+void
+internal_function
+FREE_EXPRESSION (exp)
+ struct expression *exp;
+{
+ if (exp == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ /* Handle the recursive case. */
+ switch (exp->nargs)
+ {
+ case 3:
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]);
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ case 2:
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]);
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ case 1:
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]);
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ free (exp);
+}
+
+
+static int
+yylex (lval, pexp)
+ YYSTYPE *lval;
+ const char **pexp;
+{
+ const char *exp = *pexp;
+ int result;
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ if (exp[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ *pexp = exp;
+ return YYEOF;
+ }
+
+ if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t')
+ break;
+
+ ++exp;
+ }
+
+ result = *exp++;
+ switch (result)
+ {
+ case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+ case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+ {
+ unsigned long int n = result - '0';
+ while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9')
+ {
+ n *= 10;
+ n += exp[0] - '0';
+ ++exp;
+ }
+ lval->num = n;
+ result = NUMBER;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case '=':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = equal;
+ result = EQUOP2;
+ }
+ else
+ result = YYERRCODE;
+ break;
+
+ case '!':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = not_equal;
+ result = EQUOP2;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case '&':
+ case '|':
+ if (exp[0] == result)
+ ++exp;
+ else
+ result = YYERRCODE;
+ break;
+
+ case '<':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = less_or_equal;
+ }
+ else
+ lval->op = less_than;
+ result = CMPOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '>':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = greater_or_equal;
+ }
+ else
+ lval->op = greater_than;
+ result = CMPOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '*':
+ lval->op = mult;
+ result = MULOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '/':
+ lval->op = divide;
+ result = MULOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '%':
+ lval->op = module;
+ result = MULOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '+':
+ lval->op = plus;
+ result = ADDOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '-':
+ lval->op = minus;
+ result = ADDOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case 'n':
+ case '?':
+ case ':':
+ case '(':
+ case ')':
+ /* Nothing, just return the character. */
+ break;
+
+ case ';':
+ case '\n':
+ case '\0':
+ /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */
+ --exp;
+ result = YYEOF;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ result = YYERRCODE;
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ --exp;
+#endif
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *pexp = exp;
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+
+static void
+yyerror (str)
+ const char *str;
+{
+ /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */
+}
--- /dev/null
+%{
+/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
+ Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+ USA. */
+
+/* The bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this
+ declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's
+ skeleton file comes too late. This must come before <config.h>
+ because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers. */
+#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__
+ #pragma alloca
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "plural-exp.h"
+
+/* The main function generated by the parser is called __gettextparse,
+ but we want it to be called PLURAL_PARSE. */
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# define __gettextparse PLURAL_PARSE
+#endif
+
+#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg
+%}
+%pure_parser
+%expect 7
+
+%union {
+ unsigned long int num;
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *exp;
+}
+
+%{
+/* Prototypes for local functions. */
+static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op,
+ struct expression * const *args));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+ struct expression *right));
+static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+ struct expression *left,
+ struct expression *right));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+ struct expression *bexp,
+ struct expression *tbranch,
+ struct expression *fbranch));
+static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp));
+static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str));
+
+/* Allocation of expressions. */
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp (nargs, op, args)
+ int nargs;
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression * const *args;
+{
+ int i;
+ struct expression *newp;
+
+ /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */
+ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ if (args[i] == NULL)
+ goto fail;
+
+ /* Allocate a new expression. */
+ newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));
+ if (newp != NULL)
+ {
+ newp->nargs = nargs;
+ newp->operation = op;
+ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ newp->val.args[i] = args[i];
+ return newp;
+ }
+
+ fail:
+ for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]);
+
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_0 (op)
+ enum operator op;
+{
+ return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_1 (op, right)
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *right;
+{
+ struct expression *args[1];
+
+ args[0] = right;
+ return new_exp (1, op, args);
+}
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp_2 (op, left, right)
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *left;
+ struct expression *right;
+{
+ struct expression *args[2];
+
+ args[0] = left;
+ args[1] = right;
+ return new_exp (2, op, args);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch)
+ enum operator op;
+ struct expression *bexp;
+ struct expression *tbranch;
+ struct expression *fbranch;
+{
+ struct expression *args[3];
+
+ args[0] = bexp;
+ args[1] = tbranch;
+ args[2] = fbranch;
+ return new_exp (3, op, args);
+}
+
+%}
+
+/* This declares that all operators have the same associativity and the
+ precedence order as in C. See [Harbison, Steele: C, A Reference Manual].
+ There is no unary minus and no bitwise operators.
+ Operators with the same syntactic behaviour have been merged into a single
+ token, to save space in the array generated by bison. */
+%right '?' /* ? */
+%left '|' /* || */
+%left '&' /* && */
+%left EQUOP2 /* == != */
+%left CMPOP2 /* < > <= >= */
+%left ADDOP2 /* + - */
+%left MULOP2 /* * / % */
+%right '!' /* ! */
+
+%token <op> EQUOP2 CMPOP2 ADDOP2 MULOP2
+%token <num> NUMBER
+%type <exp> exp
+
+%%
+
+start: exp
+ {
+ if ($1 == NULL)
+ YYABORT;
+ ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = $1;
+ }
+ ;
+
+exp: exp '?' exp ':' exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_3 (qmop, $1, $3, $5);
+ }
+ | exp '|' exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_2 (lor, $1, $3);
+ }
+ | exp '&' exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_2 (land, $1, $3);
+ }
+ | exp EQUOP2 exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+ }
+ | exp CMPOP2 exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+ }
+ | exp ADDOP2 exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+ }
+ | exp MULOP2 exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+ }
+ | '!' exp
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_1 (lnot, $2);
+ }
+ | 'n'
+ {
+ $$ = new_exp_0 (var);
+ }
+ | NUMBER
+ {
+ if (($$ = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL)
+ $$->val.num = $1;
+ }
+ | '(' exp ')'
+ {
+ $$ = $2;
+ }
+ ;
+
+%%
+
+void
+internal_function
+FREE_EXPRESSION (exp)
+ struct expression *exp;
+{
+ if (exp == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ /* Handle the recursive case. */
+ switch (exp->nargs)
+ {
+ case 3:
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]);
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ case 2:
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]);
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ case 1:
+ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]);
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ free (exp);
+}
+
+
+static int
+yylex (lval, pexp)
+ YYSTYPE *lval;
+ const char **pexp;
+{
+ const char *exp = *pexp;
+ int result;
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ if (exp[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ *pexp = exp;
+ return YYEOF;
+ }
+
+ if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t')
+ break;
+
+ ++exp;
+ }
+
+ result = *exp++;
+ switch (result)
+ {
+ case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+ case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+ {
+ unsigned long int n = result - '0';
+ while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9')
+ {
+ n *= 10;
+ n += exp[0] - '0';
+ ++exp;
+ }
+ lval->num = n;
+ result = NUMBER;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case '=':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = equal;
+ result = EQUOP2;
+ }
+ else
+ result = YYERRCODE;
+ break;
+
+ case '!':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = not_equal;
+ result = EQUOP2;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case '&':
+ case '|':
+ if (exp[0] == result)
+ ++exp;
+ else
+ result = YYERRCODE;
+ break;
+
+ case '<':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = less_or_equal;
+ }
+ else
+ lval->op = less_than;
+ result = CMPOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '>':
+ if (exp[0] == '=')
+ {
+ ++exp;
+ lval->op = greater_or_equal;
+ }
+ else
+ lval->op = greater_than;
+ result = CMPOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '*':
+ lval->op = mult;
+ result = MULOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '/':
+ lval->op = divide;
+ result = MULOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '%':
+ lval->op = module;
+ result = MULOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '+':
+ lval->op = plus;
+ result = ADDOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case '-':
+ lval->op = minus;
+ result = ADDOP2;
+ break;
+
+ case 'n':
+ case '?':
+ case ':':
+ case '(':
+ case ')':
+ /* Nothing, just return the character. */
+ break;
+
+ case ';':
+ case '\n':
+ case '\0':
+ /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */
+ --exp;
+ result = YYEOF;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ result = YYERRCODE;
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+ --exp;
+#endif
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *pexp = exp;
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+
+static void
+yyerror (str)
+ const char *str;
+{
+ /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Add this package to a list of references stored in a text file.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+# USA.
+#
+# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
+#
+/^# Packages using this file: / {
+ s/# Packages using this file://
+ ta
+ :a
+ s/ @PACKAGE@ / @PACKAGE@ /
+ tb
+ s/ $/ @PACKAGE@ /
+ :b
+ s/^/# Packages using this file:/
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Remove this package from a list of references stored in a text file.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+# USA.
+#
+# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
+#
+/^# Packages using this file: / {
+ s/# Packages using this file://
+ s/ @PACKAGE@ / /
+ s/^/# Packages using this file:/
+}
--- /dev/null
+/* Provide relocatable packages.
+ Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+ USA. */
+
+
+/* Tell glibc's <stdio.h> to provide a prototype for getline().
+ This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+ <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Specification. */
+#include "relocatable.h"
+
+#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
+# define xmalloc malloc
+#else
+# include "xmalloc.h"
+#endif
+
+#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBCHARSET
+# include <libcharset.h>
+#endif
+#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV && HAVE_ICONV
+# include <iconv.h>
+#endif
+#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBINTL && ENABLE_NLS
+# include <libintl.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Faked cheap 'bool'. */
+#undef bool
+#undef false
+#undef true
+#define bool int
+#define false 0
+#define true 1
+
+/* Pathname support.
+ ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character.
+ IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) tests whether P contains a directory specification.
+ */
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+ /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
+# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
+ ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
+ && (P)[1] == ':')
+# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \
+ (strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P))
+# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) (HAS_DEVICE (P) ? 2 : 0)
+#else
+ /* Unix */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
+# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL)
+# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) 0
+#endif
+
+/* Original installation prefix. */
+static char *orig_prefix;
+static size_t orig_prefix_len;
+/* Current installation prefix. */
+static char *curr_prefix;
+static size_t curr_prefix_len;
+/* These prefixes do not end in a slash. Anything that will be concatenated
+ to them must start with a slash. */
+
+/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of this module.
+ Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
+ by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
+ prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
+ instead of "/"). */
+static void
+set_this_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg,
+ const char *curr_prefix_arg)
+{
+ if (orig_prefix_arg != NULL && curr_prefix_arg != NULL
+ /* Optimization: if orig_prefix and curr_prefix are equal, the
+ relocation is a nop. */
+ && strcmp (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg) != 0)
+ {
+ /* Duplicate the argument strings. */
+ char *memory;
+
+ orig_prefix_len = strlen (orig_prefix_arg);
+ curr_prefix_len = strlen (curr_prefix_arg);
+ memory = (char *) xmalloc (orig_prefix_len + 1 + curr_prefix_len + 1);
+#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
+ if (memory != NULL)
+#endif
+ {
+ memcpy (memory, orig_prefix_arg, orig_prefix_len + 1);
+ orig_prefix = memory;
+ memory += orig_prefix_len + 1;
+ memcpy (memory, curr_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_len + 1);
+ curr_prefix = memory;
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ orig_prefix = NULL;
+ curr_prefix = NULL;
+ /* Don't worry about wasted memory here - this function is usually only
+ called once. */
+}
+
+/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package.
+ Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
+ by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
+ prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
+ instead of "/"). */
+void
+set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg, const char *curr_prefix_arg)
+{
+ set_this_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
+
+ /* Now notify all dependent libraries. */
+#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBCHARSET
+ libcharset_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
+#endif
+#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV && HAVE_ICONV && _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0109
+ libiconv_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
+#endif
+#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBINTL && ENABLE_NLS && defined libintl_set_relocation_prefix
+ libintl_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Convenience function:
+ Computes the current installation prefix, based on the original
+ installation prefix, the original installation directory of a particular
+ file, and the current pathname of this file. Returns NULL upon failure. */
+#ifdef IN_LIBRARY
+#define compute_curr_prefix local_compute_curr_prefix
+static
+#endif
+const char *
+compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix,
+ const char *orig_installdir,
+ const char *curr_pathname)
+{
+ const char *curr_installdir;
+ const char *rel_installdir;
+
+ if (curr_pathname == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ /* Determine the relative installation directory, relative to the prefix.
+ This is simply the difference between orig_installprefix and
+ orig_installdir. */
+ if (strncmp (orig_installprefix, orig_installdir, strlen (orig_installprefix))
+ != 0)
+ /* Shouldn't happen - nothing should be installed outside $(prefix). */
+ return NULL;
+ rel_installdir = orig_installdir + strlen (orig_installprefix);
+
+ /* Determine the current installation directory. */
+ {
+ const char *p_base = curr_pathname + FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_pathname);
+ const char *p = curr_pathname + strlen (curr_pathname);
+ char *q;
+
+ while (p > p_base)
+ {
+ p--;
+ if (ISSLASH (*p))
+ break;
+ }
+
+ q = (char *) xmalloc (p - curr_pathname + 1);
+#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
+ if (q == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+#endif
+ memcpy (q, curr_pathname, p - curr_pathname);
+ q[p - curr_pathname] = '\0';
+ curr_installdir = q;
+ }
+
+ /* Compute the current installation prefix by removing the trailing
+ rel_installdir from it. */
+ {
+ const char *rp = rel_installdir + strlen (rel_installdir);
+ const char *cp = curr_installdir + strlen (curr_installdir);
+ const char *cp_base =
+ curr_installdir + FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_installdir);
+
+ while (rp > rel_installdir && cp > cp_base)
+ {
+ bool same = false;
+ const char *rpi = rp;
+ const char *cpi = cp;
+
+ while (rpi > rel_installdir && cpi > cp_base)
+ {
+ rpi--;
+ cpi--;
+ if (ISSLASH (*rpi) || ISSLASH (*cpi))
+ {
+ if (ISSLASH (*rpi) && ISSLASH (*cpi))
+ same = true;
+ break;
+ }
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+ /* Win32, OS/2, DOS - case insignificant filesystem */
+ if ((*rpi >= 'a' && *rpi <= 'z' ? *rpi - 'a' + 'A' : *rpi)
+ != (*cpi >= 'a' && *cpi <= 'z' ? *cpi - 'a' + 'A' : *cpi))
+ break;
+#else
+ if (*rpi != *cpi)
+ break;
+#endif
+ }
+ if (!same)
+ break;
+ /* The last pathname component was the same. opi and cpi now point
+ to the slash before it. */
+ rp = rpi;
+ cp = cpi;
+ }
+
+ if (rp > rel_installdir)
+ /* Unexpected: The curr_installdir does not end with rel_installdir. */
+ return NULL;
+
+ {
+ size_t curr_prefix_len = cp - curr_installdir;
+ char *curr_prefix;
+
+ curr_prefix = (char *) xmalloc (curr_prefix_len + 1);
+#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
+ if (curr_prefix == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+#endif
+ memcpy (curr_prefix, curr_installdir, curr_prefix_len);
+ curr_prefix[curr_prefix_len] = '\0';
+
+ return curr_prefix;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+#if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR
+
+/* Full pathname of shared library, or NULL. */
+static char *shared_library_fullname;
+
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
+
+/* Determine the full pathname of the shared library when it is loaded. */
+
+BOOL WINAPI
+DllMain (HINSTANCE module_handle, DWORD event, LPVOID reserved)
+{
+ (void) reserved;
+
+ if (event == DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH)
+ {
+ /* The DLL is being loaded into an application's address range. */
+ static char location[MAX_PATH];
+
+ if (!GetModuleFileName (module_handle, location, sizeof (location)))
+ /* Shouldn't happen. */
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (!IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (location))
+ /* Shouldn't happen. */
+ return FALSE;
+
+ shared_library_fullname = strdup (location);
+ }
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+#else /* Unix */
+
+static void
+find_shared_library_fullname ()
+{
+#ifdef __linux__
+ FILE *fp;
+
+ /* Open the current process' maps file. It describes one VMA per line. */
+ fp = fopen ("/proc/self/maps", "r");
+ if (fp)
+ {
+ unsigned long address = (unsigned long) &find_shared_library_fullname;
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ unsigned long start, end;
+ int c;
+
+ if (fscanf (fp, "%lx-%lx", &start, &end) != 2)
+ break;
+ if (address >= start && address <= end - 1)
+ {
+ /* Found it. Now see if this line contains a filename. */
+ while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n' && c != '/')
+ continue;
+ if (c == '/')
+ {
+ size_t size;
+ int len;
+
+ ungetc (c, fp);
+ shared_library_fullname = NULL; size = 0;
+ len = getline (&shared_library_fullname, &size, fp);
+ if (len >= 0)
+ {
+ /* Success: filled shared_library_fullname. */
+ if (len > 0 && shared_library_fullname[len - 1] == '\n')
+ shared_library_fullname[len - 1] = '\0';
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n')
+ continue;
+ }
+ fclose (fp);
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+#endif /* WIN32 / Unix */
+
+/* Return the full pathname of the current shared library.
+ Return NULL if unknown.
+ Guaranteed to work only on Linux and Woe32. */
+static char *
+get_shared_library_fullname ()
+{
+#if !(defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__)
+ static bool tried_find_shared_library_fullname;
+ if (!tried_find_shared_library_fullname)
+ {
+ find_shared_library_fullname ();
+ tried_find_shared_library_fullname = true;
+ }
+#endif
+ return shared_library_fullname;
+}
+
+#endif /* PIC */
+
+/* Returns the pathname, relocated according to the current installation
+ directory. */
+const char *
+relocate (const char *pathname)
+{
+#if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR
+ static int initialized;
+
+ /* Initialization code for a shared library. */
+ if (!initialized)
+ {
+ /* At this point, orig_prefix and curr_prefix likely have already been
+ set through the main program's set_program_name_and_installdir
+ function. This is sufficient in the case that the library has
+ initially been installed in the same orig_prefix. But we can do
+ better, to also cover the cases that 1. it has been installed
+ in a different prefix before being moved to orig_prefix and (later)
+ to curr_prefix, 2. unlike the program, it has not moved away from
+ orig_prefix. */
+ const char *orig_installprefix = INSTALLPREFIX;
+ const char *orig_installdir = INSTALLDIR;
+ const char *curr_prefix_better;
+
+ curr_prefix_better =
+ compute_curr_prefix (orig_installprefix, orig_installdir,
+ get_shared_library_fullname ());
+ if (curr_prefix_better == NULL)
+ curr_prefix_better = curr_prefix;
+
+ set_relocation_prefix (orig_installprefix, curr_prefix_better);
+
+ initialized = 1;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Note: It is not necessary to perform case insensitive comparison here,
+ even for DOS-like filesystems, because the pathname argument was
+ typically created from the same Makefile variable as orig_prefix came
+ from. */
+ if (orig_prefix != NULL && curr_prefix != NULL
+ && strncmp (pathname, orig_prefix, orig_prefix_len) == 0)
+ {
+ if (pathname[orig_prefix_len] == '\0')
+ /* pathname equals orig_prefix. */
+ return curr_prefix;
+ if (ISSLASH (pathname[orig_prefix_len]))
+ {
+ /* pathname starts with orig_prefix. */
+ const char *pathname_tail = &pathname[orig_prefix_len];
+ char *result =
+ (char *) xmalloc (curr_prefix_len + strlen (pathname_tail) + 1);
+
+#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
+ if (result != NULL)
+#endif
+ {
+ memcpy (result, curr_prefix, curr_prefix_len);
+ strcpy (result + curr_prefix_len, pathname_tail);
+ return result;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* Nothing to relocate. */
+ return pathname;
+}
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/* Provide relocatable packages.
+ Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+ USA. */
+
+#ifndef _RELOCATABLE_H
+#define _RELOCATABLE_H
+
+/* This can be enabled through the configure --enable-relocatable option. */
+#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
+
+/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because
+ this is a private .h file, we don't need to use __declspec(dllimport)
+ in any case. */
+#if defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL
+# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport)
+#else
+# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED
+#endif
+
+/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package.
+ Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
+ by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
+ prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
+ instead of "/"). */
+extern RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED void
+ set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix,
+ const char *curr_prefix);
+
+/* Returns the pathname, relocated according to the current installation
+ directory. */
+extern const char * relocate (const char *pathname);
+
+/* Memory management: relocate() leaks memory, because it has to construct
+ a fresh pathname. If this is a problem because your program calls
+ relocate() frequently, think about caching the result. */
+
+/* Convenience function:
+ Computes the current installation prefix, based on the original
+ installation prefix, the original installation directory of a particular
+ file, and the current pathname of this file. Returns NULL upon failure. */
+extern const char * compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix,
+ const char *orig_installdir,
+ const char *curr_pathname);
+
+#else
+
+/* By default, we use the hardwired pathnames. */
+#define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _RELOCATABLE_H */
--- /dev/null
+/* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+ USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+#else
+/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */
+# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
+#endif
+
+/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
+ names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
+ using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
+#if !defined _LIBC
+# define _nl_default_default_domain libintl_nl_default_default_domain
+# define _nl_current_default_domain libintl_nl_current_default_domain
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Name of the default text domain. */
+extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[] attribute_hidden;
+
+/* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found. */
+extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain attribute_hidden;
+
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
+ with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
+ code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define TEXTDOMAIN __textdomain
+# ifndef strdup
+# define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
+# endif
+#else
+# define TEXTDOMAIN libintl_textdomain
+#endif
+
+/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
+__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
+
+/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
+ If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
+ If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
+char *
+TEXTDOMAIN (domainname)
+ const char *domainname;
+{
+ char *new_domain;
+ char *old_domain;
+
+ /* A NULL pointer requests the current setting. */
+ if (domainname == NULL)
+ return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
+
+ __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+ old_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
+
+ /* If domain name is the null string set to default domain "messages". */
+ if (domainname[0] == '\0'
+ || strcmp (domainname, _nl_default_default_domain) == 0)
+ {
+ _nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
+ new_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
+ }
+ else if (strcmp (domainname, old_domain) == 0)
+ /* This can happen and people will use it to signal that some
+ environment variable changed. */
+ new_domain = old_domain;
+ else
+ {
+ /* If the following malloc fails `_nl_current_default_domain'
+ will be NULL. This value will be returned and so signals we
+ are out of core. */
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+ new_domain = strdup (domainname);
+#else
+ size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
+ new_domain = (char *) malloc (len);
+ if (new_domain != NULL)
+ memcpy (new_domain, domainname, len);
+#endif
+
+ if (new_domain != NULL)
+ _nl_current_default_domain = new_domain;
+ }
+
+ /* We use this possibility to signal a change of the loaded catalogs
+ since this is most likely the case and there is no other easy we
+ to do it. Do it only when the call was successful. */
+ if (new_domain != NULL)
+ {
+ ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+ if (old_domain != new_domain && old_domain != _nl_default_default_domain)
+ free (old_domain);
+ }
+
+ __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+ return new_domain;
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
+weak_alias (__textdomain, textdomain);
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+AC_DEFUN([ACX_PTHREAD], [
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
+AC_LANG_SAVE
+AC_LANG_C
+acx_pthread_ok=no
+
+# We used to check for pthread.h first, but this fails if pthread.h
+# requires special compiler flags (e.g. on True64 or Sequent).
+# It gets checked for in the link test anyway.
+
+# First of all, check if the user has set any of the PTHREAD_LIBS,
+# etcetera environment variables, and if threads linking works using
+# them:
+if test x"$PTHREAD_LIBS$PTHREAD_CFLAGS" != x; then
+ save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $PTHREAD_CFLAGS"
+ save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+ LIBS="$PTHREAD_LIBS $LIBS"
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for pthread_join in LIBS=$PTHREAD_LIBS with CFLAGS=$PTHREAD_CFLAGS])
+ AC_TRY_LINK_FUNC(pthread_join, acx_pthread_ok=yes)
+ AC_MSG_RESULT($acx_pthread_ok)
+ if test x"$acx_pthread_ok" = xno; then
+ PTHREAD_LIBS=""
+ PTHREAD_CFLAGS=""
+ fi
+ LIBS="$save_LIBS"
+ CFLAGS="$save_CFLAGS"
+fi
+
+# We must check for the threads library under a number of different
+# names; the ordering is very important because some systems
+# (e.g. DEC) have both -lpthread and -lpthreads, where one of the
+# libraries is broken (non-POSIX).
+
+# Create a list of thread flags to try. Items starting with a "-" are
+# C compiler flags, and other items are library names, except for "none"
+# which indicates that we try without any flags at all, and "pthread-config"
+# which is a program returning the flags for the Pth emulation library.
+
+acx_pthread_flags="pthreads none -Kthread -kthread lthread -pthread -pthreads -mthreads pthread --thread-safe -mt pthread-config"
+
+# The ordering *is* (sometimes) important. Some notes on the
+# individual items follow:
+
+# pthreads: AIX (must check this before -lpthread)
+# none: in case threads are in libc; should be tried before -Kthread and
+# other compiler flags to prevent continual compiler warnings
+# -Kthread: Sequent (threads in libc, but -Kthread needed for pthread.h)
+# -kthread: FreeBSD kernel threads (preferred to -pthread since SMP-able)
+# lthread: LinuxThreads port on FreeBSD (also preferred to -pthread)
+# -pthread: Linux/gcc (kernel threads), BSD/gcc (userland threads)
+# -pthreads: Solaris/gcc
+# -mthreads: Mingw32/gcc, Lynx/gcc
+# -mt: Sun Workshop C (may only link SunOS threads [-lthread], but it
+# doesn't hurt to check since this sometimes defines pthreads too;
+# also defines -D_REENTRANT)
+# pthread: Linux, etcetera
+# --thread-safe: KAI C++
+# pthread-config: use pthread-config program (for GNU Pth library)
+
+case "${host_cpu}-${host_os}" in
+ *solaris*)
+
+ # On Solaris (at least, for some versions), libc contains stubbed
+ # (non-functional) versions of the pthreads routines, so link-based
+ # tests will erroneously succeed. (We need to link with -pthread or
+ # -lpthread.) (The stubs are missing pthread_cleanup_push, or rather
+ # a function called by this macro, so we could check for that, but
+ # who knows whether they'll stub that too in a future libc.) So,
+ # we'll just look for -pthreads and -lpthread first:
+
+ acx_pthread_flags="-pthread -pthreads pthread -mt $acx_pthread_flags"
+ ;;
+esac
+
+if test x"$acx_pthread_ok" = xno; then
+for flag in $acx_pthread_flags; do
+
+ case $flag in
+ none)
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether pthreads work without any flags])
+ ;;
+
+ -*)
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether pthreads work with $flag])
+ PTHREAD_CFLAGS="$flag"
+ ;;
+
+ pthread-config)
+ AC_CHECK_PROG(acx_pthread_config, pthread-config, yes, no)
+ if test x"$acx_pthread_config" = xno; then continue; fi
+ PTHREAD_CFLAGS="`pthread-config --cflags`"
+ PTHREAD_LIBS="`pthread-config --ldflags` `pthread-config --libs`"
+ ;;
+
+ *)
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for the pthreads library -l$flag])
+ PTHREAD_LIBS="-l$flag"
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+ save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+ LIBS="$PTHREAD_LIBS $LIBS"
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $PTHREAD_CFLAGS"
+
+ # Check for various functions. We must include pthread.h,
+ # since some functions may be macros. (On the Sequent, we
+ # need a special flag -Kthread to make this header compile.)
+ # We check for pthread_join because it is in -lpthread on IRIX
+ # while pthread_create is in libc. We check for pthread_attr_init
+ # due to DEC craziness with -lpthreads. We check for
+ # pthread_cleanup_push because it is one of the few pthread
+ # functions on Solaris that doesn't have a non-functional libc stub.
+ # We try pthread_create on general principles.
+ AC_TRY_LINK([#include <pthread.h>],
+ [pthread_t th; pthread_join(th, 0);
+ pthread_attr_init(0); pthread_cleanup_push(0, 0);
+ pthread_create(0,0,0,0); pthread_cleanup_pop(0); ],
+ [acx_pthread_ok=yes])
+
+ LIBS="$save_LIBS"
+ CFLAGS="$save_CFLAGS"
+
+ AC_MSG_RESULT($acx_pthread_ok)
+ if test "x$acx_pthread_ok" = xyes; then
+ break;
+ fi
+
+ PTHREAD_LIBS=""
+ PTHREAD_CFLAGS=""
+done
+fi
+
+# Various other checks:
+if test "x$acx_pthread_ok" = xyes; then
+ save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+ LIBS="$PTHREAD_LIBS $LIBS"
+ save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $PTHREAD_CFLAGS"
+
+ # Detect AIX lossage: threads are created detached by default
+ # and the JOINABLE attribute has a nonstandard name (UNDETACHED).
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for joinable pthread attribute])
+ AC_TRY_LINK([#include <pthread.h>],
+ [int attr=PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE;],
+ ok=PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE, ok=unknown)
+ if test x"$ok" = xunknown; then
+ AC_TRY_LINK([#include <pthread.h>],
+ [int attr=PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED;],
+ ok=PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED, ok=unknown)
+ fi
+ if test x"$ok" != xPTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE; then
+ AC_DEFINE(PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE, $ok,
+ [Define to the necessary symbol if this constant
+ uses a non-standard name on your system.])
+ fi
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(${ok})
+ if test x"$ok" = xunknown; then
+ AC_MSG_WARN([we do not know how to create joinable pthreads])
+ fi
+
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([if more special flags are required for pthreads])
+ flag=no
+ case "${host_cpu}-${host_os}" in
+ *-aix* | *-freebsd*) flag="-D_THREAD_SAFE";;
+ *solaris* | *-osf* | *-hpux*) flag="-D_REENTRANT";;
+ esac
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(${flag})
+ if test "x$flag" != xno; then
+ PTHREAD_CFLAGS="$flag $PTHREAD_CFLAGS"
+ fi
+
+ LIBS="$save_LIBS"
+ CFLAGS="$save_CFLAGS"
+
+ # More AIX lossage: must compile with cc_r
+ AC_CHECK_PROG(PTHREAD_CC, cc_r, cc_r, ${CC})
+else
+ PTHREAD_CC="$CC"
+fi
+
+AC_SUBST(PTHREAD_LIBS)
+AC_SUBST(PTHREAD_CFLAGS)
+AC_SUBST(PTHREAD_CC)
+
+# Finally, execute ACTION-IF-FOUND/ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND:
+if test x"$acx_pthread_ok" = xyes; then
+ ifelse([$1],,AC_DEFINE(HAVE_PTHREAD,1,[Define if you have POSIX threads libraries and header files.]),[$1])
+ :
+else
+ acx_pthread_ok=no
+ $2
+fi
+AC_LANG_RESTORE
+])dnl ACX_PTHREAD
--- /dev/null
+AC_DEFUN([AX_CHECK_GL],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PATH_X])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([ACX_PTHREAD])dnl
+
+#
+# There isn't a reliable way to know we should use the Apple OpenGL framework
+# without a configure option. A Mac OS X user may have installed an
+# alternative GL implementation (e.g., Mesa), which may or may not depend on X.
+#
+AC_ARG_WITH([apple-opengl-framework],
+ [AC_HELP_STRING([--with-apple-opengl-framework],
+ [use Apple OpenGL framework (Mac OS X only)])])
+if test "X$with_apple_opengl_framework" = "Xyes"; then
+ AC_DEFINE([HAVE_APPLE_OPENGL_FRAMEWORK], [1],
+ [Use the Apple OpenGL framework.])
+ GL_CFLAGS="-framework OpenGL"
+else
+ GL_CFLAGS="${PTHREAD_CFLAGS}"
+ GL_LIBS="${PTHREAD_LIBS} -lm"
+
+ #
+ # Use x_includes and x_libraries if they have been set (presumably by
+ # AC_PATH_X).
+ #
+ if test "X$no_x" != "Xyes"; then
+ if test -n "$x_includes"; then
+ GL_CFLAGS="-I${x_includes} ${GL_CFLAGS}"
+ fi
+ if test -n "$x_libraries"; then
+ GL_LIBS="-L${x_libraries} -lX11 ${GL_LIBS}"
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ AC_LANG_PUSH(C)
+
+ AC_CHECK_HEADERS([windows.h])
+
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for OpenGL library], [ax_cv_check_gl_libgl],
+ [ax_cv_check_gl_libgl="no"
+ ax_save_CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}"
+ CPPFLAGS="${GL_CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS}"
+ ax_save_LIBS="${LIBS}"
+ LIBS=""
+ ax_check_libs="-lopengl32 -lGL"
+ for ax_lib in ${ax_check_libs}; do
+ if test "X$CC" = "Xcl"; then
+ ax_try_lib=`echo $ax_lib | sed -e 's/^-l//' -e 's/$/.lib/'`
+ else
+ ax_try_lib="${ax_lib}"
+ fi
+ LIBS="${ax_try_lib} ${GL_LIBS} ${ax_save_LIBS}"
+ AC_TRY_LINK([
+# if HAVE_WINDOWS_H && defined(_WIN32)
+# include <windows.h>
+# endif
+# include <GL/gl.h>
+],
+ [glBegin(0)],
+ [ax_cv_check_gl_libgl="${ax_try_lib}"; break])
+ done
+ LIBS=${ax_save_LIBS}
+ CPPFLAGS=${ax_save_CPPFLAGS}])
+
+ if test "X${ax_cv_check_gl_libgl}" = "Xno"; then
+ no_gl="yes"
+ GL_CFLAGS=""
+ GL_LIBS=""
+ else
+ GL_LIBS="${ax_cv_check_gl_libgl} ${GL_LIBS}"
+ fi
+ AC_LANG_POP(C)
+fi
+
+AC_SUBST([GL_CFLAGS])
+AC_SUBST([GL_LIBS])
+])dnl
--- /dev/null
+# codeset.m4 serial AM1 (gettext-0.10.40)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_LANGINFO_CODESET],
+[
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for nl_langinfo and CODESET], am_cv_langinfo_codeset,
+ [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <langinfo.h>],
+ [char* cs = nl_langinfo(CODESET);],
+ am_cv_langinfo_codeset=yes,
+ am_cv_langinfo_codeset=no)
+ ])
+ if test $am_cv_langinfo_codeset = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET, 1,
+ [Define if you have <langinfo.h> and nl_langinfo(CODESET).])
+ fi
+])
--- /dev/null
+# gettext.m4 serial 20 (gettext-0.12)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+dnl
+dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
+dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
+dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
+dnl functionality.
+dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
+dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
+dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
+dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
+
+dnl Authors:
+dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995-2000.
+dnl Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2000-2003.
+
+dnl Macro to add for using GNU gettext.
+
+dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT([INTLSYMBOL], [NEEDSYMBOL], [INTLDIR]).
+dnl INTLSYMBOL can be one of 'external', 'no-libtool', 'use-libtool'. The
+dnl default (if it is not specified or empty) is 'no-libtool'.
+dnl INTLSYMBOL should be 'external' for packages with no intl directory,
+dnl and 'no-libtool' or 'use-libtool' for packages with an intl directory.
+dnl If INTLSYMBOL is 'use-libtool', then a libtool library
+dnl $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.la will be created (shared and/or static,
+dnl depending on --{enable,disable}-{shared,static} and on the presence of
+dnl AM-DISABLE-SHARED). If INTLSYMBOL is 'no-libtool', a static library
+dnl $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a will be created.
+dnl If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is 'need-ngettext', then GNU gettext
+dnl implementations (in libc or libintl) without the ngettext() function
+dnl will be ignored. If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is
+dnl 'need-formatstring-macros', then GNU gettext implementations that don't
+dnl support the ISO C 99 <inttypes.h> formatstring macros will be ignored.
+dnl INTLDIR is used to find the intl libraries. If empty,
+dnl the value `$(top_builddir)/intl/' is used.
+dnl
+dnl The result of the configuration is one of three cases:
+dnl 1) GNU gettext, as included in the intl subdirectory, will be compiled
+dnl and used.
+dnl Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir)
+dnl Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree
+dnl 2) GNU gettext has been found in the system's C library.
+dnl Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir)
+dnl Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree
+dnl 3) No internationalization, always use English msgid.
+dnl Catalog format: none
+dnl Catalog extension: none
+dnl If INTLSYMBOL is 'external', only cases 2 and 3 can occur.
+dnl The use of .gmo is historical (it was needed to avoid overwriting the
+dnl GNU format catalogs when building on a platform with an X/Open gettext),
+dnl but we keep it in order not to force irrelevant filename changes on the
+dnl maintainers.
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT],
+[
+ dnl Argument checking.
+ ifelse([$1], [], , [ifelse([$1], [external], , [ifelse([$1], [no-libtool], , [ifelse([$1], [use-libtool], ,
+ [errprint([ERROR: invalid first argument to AM_GNU_GETTEXT
+])])])])])
+ ifelse([$2], [], , [ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], , [ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros], ,
+ [errprint([ERROR: invalid second argument to AM_GNU_GETTEXT
+])])])])
+ define(gt_included_intl, ifelse([$1], [external], [no], [yes]))
+ define(gt_libtool_suffix_prefix, ifelse([$1], [use-libtool], [l], []))
+
+ AC_REQUIRE([AM_PO_SUBDIRS])dnl
+ ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
+ AC_REQUIRE([AM_INTL_SUBDIR])dnl
+ ])
+
+ dnl Prerequisites of AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY.
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
+
+ dnl Sometimes libintl requires libiconv, so first search for libiconv.
+ dnl Ideally we would do this search only after the
+ dnl if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
+ dnl if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" != "yes"; then
+ dnl tests. But if configure.in invokes AM_ICONV after AM_GNU_GETTEXT
+ dnl the configure script would need to contain the same shell code
+ dnl again, outside any 'if'. There are two solutions:
+ dnl - Invoke AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY here, outside any 'if'.
+ dnl - Control the expansions in more detail using AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE.
+ dnl Since AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE is only in autoconf >= 2.52 and not
+ dnl documented, we avoid it.
+ ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, , [
+ AC_REQUIRE([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY])
+ ])
+
+ dnl Set USE_NLS.
+ AM_NLS
+
+ ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
+ BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
+ USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
+ ])
+ LIBINTL=
+ LTLIBINTL=
+ POSUB=
+
+ dnl If we use NLS figure out what method
+ if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
+ gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=no
+ ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested])
+ AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext,
+ [ --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here],
+ nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval,
+ nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no)
+ AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext)
+
+ nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext"
+ if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
+ ])
+ dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library. Figure out what
+ dnl to use. If GNU gettext is available we use this. Else we have
+ dnl to fall back to GNU NLS library.
+
+ dnl Add a version number to the cache macros.
+ define([gt_api_version], ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros], 3, ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], 2, 1)))
+ define([gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc], [gt_cv_func_gnugettext]gt_api_version[_libc])
+ define([gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl], [gt_cv_func_gnugettext]gt_api_version[_libintl])
+
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libc], gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc,
+ [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
+]ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros],
+[#ifndef __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION
+#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) ((major) == 0 ? 0 : -1)
+#endif
+changequote(,)dnl
+typedef int array [2 * (__GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(0) >= 1) - 1];
+changequote([,])dnl
+], [])[extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+extern int *_nl_domain_bindings;],
+ [bindtextdomain ("", "");
+return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_domain_bindings],
+ gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc=yes,
+ gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc=no)])
+
+ if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" != "yes"; then
+ dnl Sometimes libintl requires libiconv, so first search for libiconv.
+ ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, , [
+ AM_ICONV_LINK
+ ])
+ dnl Search for libintl and define LIBINTL, LTLIBINTL and INCINTL
+ dnl accordingly. Don't use AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([intl],[iconv])
+ dnl because that would add "-liconv" to LIBINTL and LTLIBINTL
+ dnl even if libiconv doesn't exist.
+ AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([intl])
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libintl],
+ gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl,
+ [gt_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
+ CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $INCINTL"
+ gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+ LIBS="$LIBS $LIBINTL"
+ dnl Now see whether libintl exists and does not depend on libiconv.
+ AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
+]ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros],
+[#ifndef __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION
+#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) ((major) == 0 ? 0 : -1)
+#endif
+changequote(,)dnl
+typedef int array [2 * (__GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(0) >= 1) - 1];
+changequote([,])dnl
+], [])[extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+extern
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+"C"
+#endif
+const char *_nl_expand_alias ();],
+ [bindtextdomain ("", "");
+return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias (0)],
+ gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes,
+ gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=no)
+ dnl Now see whether libintl exists and depends on libiconv.
+ if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" != yes && test -n "$LIBICONV"; then
+ LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV"
+ AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
+]ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros],
+[#ifndef __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION
+#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) ((major) == 0 ? 0 : -1)
+#endif
+changequote(,)dnl
+typedef int array [2 * (__GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(0) >= 1) - 1];
+changequote([,])dnl
+], [])[extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+extern
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+"C"
+#endif
+const char *_nl_expand_alias ();],
+ [bindtextdomain ("", "");
+return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias (0)],
+ [LIBINTL="$LIBINTL $LIBICONV"
+ LTLIBINTL="$LTLIBINTL $LTLIBICONV"
+ gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes
+ ])
+ fi
+ CPPFLAGS="$gt_save_CPPFLAGS"
+ LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"])
+ fi
+
+ dnl If an already present or preinstalled GNU gettext() is found,
+ dnl use it. But if this macro is used in GNU gettext, and GNU
+ dnl gettext is already preinstalled in libintl, we update this
+ dnl libintl. (Cf. the install rule in intl/Makefile.in.)
+ if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" = "yes" \
+ || { test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes" \
+ && test "$PACKAGE" != gettext-runtime \
+ && test "$PACKAGE" != gettext-tools; }; then
+ gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=yes
+ else
+ dnl Reset the values set by searching for libintl.
+ LIBINTL=
+ LTLIBINTL=
+ INCINTL=
+ fi
+
+ ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
+ if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" != "yes"; then
+ dnl GNU gettext is not found in the C library.
+ dnl Fall back on included GNU gettext library.
+ nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
+ dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library.
+ BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
+ USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
+ LIBINTL="ifelse([$3],[],\${top_builddir}/intl,[$3])/libintl.[]gt_libtool_suffix_prefix[]a $LIBICONV"
+ LTLIBINTL="ifelse([$3],[],\${top_builddir}/intl,[$3])/libintl.[]gt_libtool_suffix_prefix[]a $LTLIBICONV"
+ LIBS=`echo " $LIBS " | sed -e 's/ -lintl / /' -e 's/^ //' -e 's/ $//'`
+ fi
+
+ if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \
+ || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
+ dnl Mark actions to use GNU gettext tools.
+ CATOBJEXT=.gmo
+ fi
+ ])
+
+ if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \
+ || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
+ AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS, 1,
+ [Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native language
+ is requested.])
+ else
+ USE_NLS=no
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use NLS])
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([$USE_NLS])
+ if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([where the gettext function comes from])
+ if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes"; then
+ if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
+ gt_source="external libintl"
+ else
+ gt_source="libc"
+ fi
+ else
+ gt_source="included intl directory"
+ fi
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([$gt_source])
+ fi
+
+ if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
+
+ if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes"; then
+ if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with libintl])
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIBINTL])
+ AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INCINTL])
+ fi
+
+ dnl For backward compatibility. Some packages may be using this.
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT, 1,
+ [Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled.])
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DCGETTEXT, 1,
+ [Define if the GNU dcgettext() function is already present or preinstalled.])
+ fi
+
+ dnl We need to process the po/ directory.
+ POSUB=po
+ fi
+
+ ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
+ dnl If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL
+ dnl to 'yes' because some of the testsuite requires it.
+ if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext-runtime || test "$PACKAGE" = gettext-tools; then
+ BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
+ fi
+
+ dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf.
+ AC_SUBST(BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
+ AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
+ AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT)
+
+ dnl For backward compatibility. Some configure.ins may be using this.
+ nls_cv_header_intl=
+ nls_cv_header_libgt=
+
+ dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
+ DATADIRNAME=share
+ AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME)
+
+ dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
+ INSTOBJEXT=.mo
+ AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT)
+
+ dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
+ GENCAT=gencat
+ AC_SUBST(GENCAT)
+
+ dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
+ if test "$USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL" = yes; then
+ INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)"
+ fi
+ AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS)
+
+ dnl Enable libtool support if the surrounding package wishes it.
+ INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX=gt_libtool_suffix_prefix
+ AC_SUBST(INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX)
+ ])
+
+ dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
+ INTLLIBS="$LIBINTL"
+ AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS)
+
+ dnl Make all documented variables known to autoconf.
+ AC_SUBST(LIBINTL)
+ AC_SUBST(LTLIBINTL)
+ AC_SUBST(POSUB)
+])
+
+
+dnl Checks for all prerequisites of the intl subdirectory,
+dnl except for INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX (and possibly LIBTOOL), INTLOBJS,
+dnl USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL, BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_INTL_SUBDIR],
+[
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AM_MKINSTALLDIRS])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_OFF_T])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([jm_GLIBC21])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([gt_INTDIV0])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([gt_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([gt_INTTYPES_PRI])dnl
+
+ AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h stddef.h \
+stdlib.h string.h unistd.h sys/param.h])
+ AC_CHECK_FUNCS([feof_unlocked fgets_unlocked getc_unlocked getcwd getegid \
+geteuid getgid getuid mempcpy munmap putenv setenv setlocale stpcpy \
+strcasecmp strdup strtoul tsearch __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next \
+__fsetlocking])
+
+ AM_ICONV
+ AM_LANGINFO_CODESET
+ if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then
+ AM_LC_MESSAGES
+ fi
+
+ dnl intl/plural.c is generated from intl/plural.y. It requires bison,
+ dnl because plural.y uses bison specific features. It requires at least
+ dnl bison-1.26 because earlier versions generate a plural.c that doesn't
+ dnl compile.
+ dnl bison is only needed for the maintainer (who touches plural.y). But in
+ dnl order to avoid separate Makefiles or --enable-maintainer-mode, we put
+ dnl the rule in general Makefile. Now, some people carelessly touch the
+ dnl files or have a broken "make" program, hence the plural.c rule will
+ dnl sometimes fire. To avoid an error, defines BISON to ":" if it is not
+ dnl present or too old.
+ AC_CHECK_PROGS([INTLBISON], [bison])
+ if test -z "$INTLBISON"; then
+ ac_verc_fail=yes
+ else
+ dnl Found it, now check the version.
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([version of bison])
+changequote(<<,>>)dnl
+ ac_prog_version=`$INTLBISON --version 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^.*GNU Bison.* \([0-9]*\.[0-9.]*\).*$/\1/p'`
+ case $ac_prog_version in
+ '') ac_prog_version="v. ?.??, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;;
+ 1.2[6-9]* | 1.[3-9][0-9]* | [2-9].*)
+changequote([,])dnl
+ ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, ok"; ac_verc_fail=no;;
+ *) ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;;
+ esac
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([$ac_prog_version])
+ fi
+ if test $ac_verc_fail = yes; then
+ INTLBISON=:
+ fi
+])
+
+
+dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION([gettext-version])
+AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION], [])
--- /dev/null
+# glibc21.m4 serial 2 (fileutils-4.1.3, gettext-0.10.40)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+
+# Test for the GNU C Library, version 2.1 or newer.
+# From Bruno Haible.
+
+AC_DEFUN([jm_GLIBC21],
+ [
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK(whether we are using the GNU C Library 2.1 or newer,
+ ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1,
+ [AC_EGREP_CPP([Lucky GNU user],
+ [
+#include <features.h>
+#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
+ #if (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 1) || (__GLIBC__ > 2)
+ Lucky GNU user
+ #endif
+#endif
+ ],
+ ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1=yes,
+ ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1=no)
+ ]
+ )
+ AC_SUBST(GLIBC21)
+ GLIBC21="$ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1"
+ ]
+)
--- /dev/null
+# iconv.m4 serial AM4 (gettext-0.11.3)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY],
+[
+ dnl Prerequisites of AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY.
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
+
+ dnl Search for libiconv and define LIBICONV, LTLIBICONV and INCICONV
+ dnl accordingly.
+ AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([iconv])
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV_LINK],
+[
+ dnl Some systems have iconv in libc, some have it in libiconv (OSF/1 and
+ dnl those with the standalone portable GNU libiconv installed).
+
+ dnl Search for libiconv and define LIBICONV, LTLIBICONV and INCICONV
+ dnl accordingly.
+ AC_REQUIRE([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY])
+
+ dnl Add $INCICONV to CPPFLAGS before performing the following checks,
+ dnl because if the user has installed libiconv and not disabled its use
+ dnl via --without-libiconv-prefix, he wants to use it. The first
+ dnl AC_TRY_LINK will then fail, the second AC_TRY_LINK will succeed.
+ am_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
+ AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INCICONV])
+
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK(for iconv, am_cv_func_iconv, [
+ am_cv_func_iconv="no, consider installing GNU libiconv"
+ am_cv_lib_iconv=no
+ AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <iconv.h>],
+ [iconv_t cd = iconv_open("","");
+ iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL);
+ iconv_close(cd);],
+ am_cv_func_iconv=yes)
+ if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" != yes; then
+ am_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+ LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV"
+ AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <iconv.h>],
+ [iconv_t cd = iconv_open("","");
+ iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL);
+ iconv_close(cd);],
+ am_cv_lib_iconv=yes
+ am_cv_func_iconv=yes)
+ LIBS="$am_save_LIBS"
+ fi
+ ])
+ if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_ICONV, 1, [Define if you have the iconv() function.])
+ fi
+ if test "$am_cv_lib_iconv" = yes; then
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with libiconv])
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIBICONV])
+ else
+ dnl If $LIBICONV didn't lead to a usable library, we don't need $INCICONV
+ dnl either.
+ CPPFLAGS="$am_save_CPPFLAGS"
+ LIBICONV=
+ LTLIBICONV=
+ fi
+ AC_SUBST(LIBICONV)
+ AC_SUBST(LTLIBICONV)
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV],
+[
+ AM_ICONV_LINK
+ if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for iconv declaration])
+ AC_CACHE_VAL(am_cv_proto_iconv, [
+ AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <iconv.h>
+extern
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+"C"
+#endif
+#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus)
+size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft);
+#else
+size_t iconv();
+#endif
+], [], am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="", am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="const")
+ am_cv_proto_iconv="extern size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1 char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft);"])
+ am_cv_proto_iconv=`echo "[$]am_cv_proto_iconv" | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/( /(/'`
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([$]{ac_t:-
+ }[$]am_cv_proto_iconv)
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(ICONV_CONST, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1,
+ [Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const.])
+ fi
+])
--- /dev/null
+# intdiv0.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11.3)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gt_INTDIV0],
+[
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
+
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether integer division by zero raises SIGFPE],
+ gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe,
+ [
+ AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+
+static void
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+sigfpe_handler (int sig)
+#else
+sigfpe_handler (sig) int sig;
+#endif
+{
+ /* Exit with code 0 if SIGFPE, with code 1 if any other signal. */
+ exit (sig != SIGFPE);
+}
+
+int x = 1;
+int y = 0;
+int z;
+int nan;
+
+int main ()
+{
+ signal (SIGFPE, sigfpe_handler);
+/* IRIX and AIX (when "xlc -qcheck" is used) yield signal SIGTRAP. */
+#if (defined (__sgi) || defined (_AIX)) && defined (SIGTRAP)
+ signal (SIGTRAP, sigfpe_handler);
+#endif
+/* Linux/SPARC yields signal SIGILL. */
+#if defined (__sparc__) && defined (__linux__)
+ signal (SIGILL, sigfpe_handler);
+#endif
+
+ z = x / y;
+ nan = y / y;
+ exit (1);
+}
+], gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe=yes, gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe=no,
+ [
+ # Guess based on the CPU.
+ case "$host_cpu" in
+ alpha* | i[34567]86 | m68k | s390*)
+ gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe="guessing yes";;
+ *)
+ gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe="guessing no";;
+ esac
+ ])
+ ])
+ case "$gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe" in
+ *yes) value=1;;
+ *) value=0;;
+ esac
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE, $value,
+ [Define if integer division by zero raises signal SIGFPE.])
+])
--- /dev/null
+# inttypes-pri.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11.4)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+
+# Define PRI_MACROS_BROKEN if <inttypes.h> exists and defines the PRI*
+# macros to non-string values. This is the case on AIX 4.3.3.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gt_INTTYPES_PRI],
+[
+ AC_REQUIRE([gt_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])
+ if test $gt_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether the inttypes.h PRIxNN macros are broken],
+ gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken,
+ [
+ AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <inttypes.h>
+#ifdef PRId32
+char *p = PRId32;
+#endif
+], [], gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken=no, gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken=yes)
+ ])
+ fi
+ if test "$gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken" = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PRI_MACROS_BROKEN, 1,
+ [Define if <inttypes.h> exists and defines unusable PRI* macros.])
+ fi
+])
--- /dev/null
+# inttypes.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11.4)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+
+dnl From Paul Eggert.
+
+# Define HAVE_INTTYPES_H if <inttypes.h> exists and doesn't clash with
+# <sys/types.h>.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gt_HEADER_INTTYPES_H],
+[
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for inttypes.h], gt_cv_header_inttypes_h,
+ [
+ AC_TRY_COMPILE(
+ [#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <inttypes.h>],
+ [], gt_cv_header_inttypes_h=yes, gt_cv_header_inttypes_h=no)
+ ])
+ if test $gt_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_INTTYPES_H, 1,
+ [Define if <inttypes.h> exists and doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>.])
+ fi
+])
--- /dev/null
+# inttypes_h.m4 serial 5 (gettext-0.12)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+
+dnl From Paul Eggert.
+
+# Define HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX if <inttypes.h> exists,
+# doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and declares uintmax_t.
+
+AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H],
+[
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for inttypes.h], jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h,
+ [AC_TRY_COMPILE(
+ [#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <inttypes.h>],
+ [uintmax_t i = (uintmax_t) -1;],
+ jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h=yes,
+ jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h=no)])
+ if test $jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX, 1,
+ [Define if <inttypes.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>,
+ and declares uintmax_t. ])
+ fi
+])
--- /dev/null
+# isc-posix.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.11.2)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+
+# This file is not needed with autoconf-2.53 and newer. Remove it in 2005.
+
+# This test replaces the one in autoconf.
+# Currently this macro should have the same name as the autoconf macro
+# because gettext's gettext.m4 (distributed in the automake package)
+# still uses it. Otherwise, the use in gettext.m4 makes autoheader
+# give these diagnostics:
+# configure.in:556: AC_TRY_COMPILE was called before AC_ISC_POSIX
+# configure.in:556: AC_TRY_RUN was called before AC_ISC_POSIX
+
+undefine([AC_ISC_POSIX])
+
+AC_DEFUN([AC_ISC_POSIX],
+ [
+ dnl This test replaces the obsolescent AC_ISC_POSIX kludge.
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(cposix, strerror, [LIBS="$LIBS -lcposix"])
+ ]
+)
--- /dev/null
+# lcmessage.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.11.3)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+dnl
+dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
+dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
+dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
+dnl functionality.
+dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
+dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
+dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
+dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
+
+dnl Authors:
+dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
+
+# Check whether LC_MESSAGES is available in <locale.h>.
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_LC_MESSAGES],
+[
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for LC_MESSAGES], am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES,
+ [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <locale.h>], [return LC_MESSAGES],
+ am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=yes, am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=no)])
+ if test $am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LC_MESSAGES, 1,
+ [Define if your <locale.h> file defines LC_MESSAGES.])
+ fi
+])
--- /dev/null
+# lib-ld.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.12)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1996-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+
+dnl Subroutines of libtool.m4,
+dnl with replacements s/AC_/AC_LIB/ and s/lt_cv/acl_cv/ to avoid collision
+dnl with libtool.m4.
+
+dnl From libtool-1.4. Sets the variable with_gnu_ld to yes or no.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PROG_LD_GNU],
+[AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld], acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld,
+[# I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
+if $LD -v 2>&1 </dev/null | egrep '(GNU|with BFD)' 1>&5; then
+ acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes
+else
+ acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no
+fi])
+with_gnu_ld=$acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld
+])
+
+dnl From libtool-1.4. Sets the variable LD.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PROG_LD],
+[AC_ARG_WITH(gnu-ld,
+[ --with-gnu-ld assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [default=no]],
+test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes, with_gnu_ld=no)
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
+# Prepare PATH_SEPARATOR.
+# The user is always right.
+if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
+ echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh
+ echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh
+ chmod +x conf$$.sh
+ if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
+ else
+ PATH_SEPARATOR=:
+ fi
+ rm -f conf$$.sh
+fi
+ac_prog=ld
+if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+ # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path.
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ld used by GCC])
+ case $host in
+ *-*-mingw*)
+ # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw
+ ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;;
+ *)
+ ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;;
+ esac
+ case $ac_prog in
+ # Accept absolute paths.
+ [[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*)]
+ [re_direlt='/[^/][^/]*/\.\./']
+ # Canonicalize the path of ld
+ ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed 's%\\\\%/%g'`
+ while echo $ac_prog | grep "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do
+ ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed "s%$re_direlt%/%"`
+ done
+ test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog"
+ ;;
+ "")
+ # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC.
+ ac_prog=ld
+ ;;
+ *)
+ # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH.
+ with_gnu_ld=unknown
+ ;;
+ esac
+elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU ld])
+else
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for non-GNU ld])
+fi
+AC_CACHE_VAL(acl_cv_path_LD,
+[if test -z "$LD"; then
+ IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}${PATH_SEPARATOR-:}"
+ for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+ test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+ if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then
+ acl_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog"
+ # Check to see if the program is GNU ld. I'd rather use --version,
+ # but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
+ # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer.
+ if "$acl_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 < /dev/null | egrep '(GNU|with BFD)' > /dev/null; then
+ test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break
+ else
+ test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break
+ fi
+ fi
+ done
+ IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+else
+ acl_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+fi])
+LD="$acl_cv_path_LD"
+if test -n "$LD"; then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT($LD)
+else
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+fi
+test -z "$LD" && AC_MSG_ERROR([no acceptable ld found in \$PATH])
+AC_LIB_PROG_LD_GNU
+])
--- /dev/null
+# lib-link.m4 serial 4 (gettext-0.12)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+
+dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and
+dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies.
+dnl Sets and AC_SUBSTs the LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} variables and
+dnl augments the CPPFLAGS variable.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS],
+[
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
+ define([Name],[translit([$1],[./-], [___])])
+ define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
+ [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([how to link with lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs], [
+ AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2])
+ ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs="$LIB[]NAME"
+ ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs="$LTLIB[]NAME"
+ ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags="$INC[]NAME"
+ ])
+ LIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs"
+ LTLIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs"
+ INC[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags"
+ AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME)
+ AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME)
+ AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME)
+ dnl Also set HAVE_LIB[]NAME so that AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS can reuse the
+ dnl results of this search when this library appears as a dependency.
+ HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes
+ undefine([Name])
+ undefine([NAME])
+])
+
+dnl AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS(name, dependencies, includes, testcode)
+dnl searches for libname and the libraries corresponding to explicit and
+dnl implicit dependencies, together with the specified include files and
+dnl the ability to compile and link the specified testcode. If found, it
+dnl sets and AC_SUBSTs HAVE_LIB${NAME}=yes and the LIB${NAME} and
+dnl LTLIB${NAME} variables and augments the CPPFLAGS variable, and
+dnl #defines HAVE_LIB${NAME} to 1. Otherwise, it sets and AC_SUBSTs
+dnl HAVE_LIB${NAME}=no and LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} to empty.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS],
+[
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
+ define([Name],[translit([$1],[./-], [___])])
+ define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
+ [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
+
+ dnl Search for lib[]Name and define LIB[]NAME, LTLIB[]NAME and INC[]NAME
+ dnl accordingly.
+ AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2])
+
+ dnl Add $INC[]NAME to CPPFLAGS before performing the following checks,
+ dnl because if the user has installed lib[]Name and not disabled its use
+ dnl via --without-lib[]Name-prefix, he wants to use it.
+ ac_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
+ AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME)
+
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name], [
+ ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+ LIBS="$LIBS $LIB[]NAME"
+ AC_TRY_LINK([$3], [$4], [ac_cv_lib[]Name=yes], [ac_cv_lib[]Name=no])
+ LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+ ])
+ if test "$ac_cv_lib[]Name" = yes; then
+ HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes
+ AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIB]NAME, 1, [Define if you have the $1 library.])
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with lib[]$1])
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIB[]NAME])
+ else
+ HAVE_LIB[]NAME=no
+ dnl If $LIB[]NAME didn't lead to a usable library, we don't need
+ dnl $INC[]NAME either.
+ CPPFLAGS="$ac_save_CPPFLAGS"
+ LIB[]NAME=
+ LTLIB[]NAME=
+ fi
+ AC_SUBST([HAVE_LIB]NAME)
+ AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME)
+ AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME)
+ undefine([Name])
+ undefine([NAME])
+])
+
+dnl Determine the platform dependent parameters needed to use rpath:
+dnl libext, shlibext, hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, hardcode_libdir_separator,
+dnl hardcode_direct, hardcode_minus_L.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_RPATH],
+[
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC]) dnl we use $CC, $GCC, $LDFLAGS
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PROG_LD]) dnl we use $LD, $with_gnu_ld
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST]) dnl we use $host
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR_DEFAULT]) dnl we use $ac_aux_dir
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for shared library run path origin], acl_cv_rpath, [
+ CC="$CC" GCC="$GCC" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LD="$LD" with_gnu_ld="$with_gnu_ld" \
+ ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} "$ac_aux_dir/config.rpath" "$host" > conftest.sh
+ . ./conftest.sh
+ rm -f ./conftest.sh
+ acl_cv_rpath=done
+ ])
+ wl="$acl_cv_wl"
+ libext="$acl_cv_libext"
+ shlibext="$acl_cv_shlibext"
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"
+ hardcode_libdir_separator="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_separator"
+ hardcode_direct="$acl_cv_hardcode_direct"
+ hardcode_minus_L="$acl_cv_hardcode_minus_L"
+ dnl Determine whether the user wants rpath handling at all.
+ AC_ARG_ENABLE(rpath,
+ [ --disable-rpath do not hardcode runtime library paths],
+ :, enable_rpath=yes)
+])
+
+dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and
+dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies.
+dnl Sets the LIB${NAME}, LTLIB${NAME} and INC${NAME} variables.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY],
+[
+ define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
+ [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
+ dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir.
+ use_additional=yes
+ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
+ eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
+ eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
+ ])
+ AC_LIB_ARG_WITH([lib$1-prefix],
+[ --with-lib$1-prefix[=DIR] search for lib$1 in DIR/include and DIR/lib
+ --without-lib$1-prefix don't search for lib$1 in includedir and libdir],
+[
+ if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then
+ use_additional=no
+ else
+ if test "X$withval" = "X"; then
+ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
+ eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
+ eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
+ ])
+ else
+ additional_includedir="$withval/include"
+ additional_libdir="$withval/lib"
+ fi
+ fi
+])
+ dnl Search the library and its dependencies in $additional_libdir and
+ dnl $LDFLAGS. Using breadth-first-seach.
+ LIB[]NAME=
+ LTLIB[]NAME=
+ INC[]NAME=
+ rpathdirs=
+ ltrpathdirs=
+ names_already_handled=
+ names_next_round='$1 $2'
+ while test -n "$names_next_round"; do
+ names_this_round="$names_next_round"
+ names_next_round=
+ for name in $names_this_round; do
+ already_handled=
+ for n in $names_already_handled; do
+ if test "$n" = "$name"; then
+ already_handled=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$already_handled"; then
+ names_already_handled="$names_already_handled $name"
+ dnl See if it was already located by an earlier AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS
+ dnl or AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS call.
+ uppername=`echo "$name" | sed -e 'y|abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-|ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___|'`
+ eval value=\"\$HAVE_LIB$uppername\"
+ if test -n "$value"; then
+ if test "$value" = yes; then
+ eval value=\"\$LIB$uppername\"
+ test -z "$value" || LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$value"
+ eval value=\"\$LTLIB$uppername\"
+ test -z "$value" || LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$value"
+ else
+ dnl An earlier call to AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS has determined
+ dnl that this library doesn't exist. So just drop it.
+ :
+ fi
+ else
+ dnl Search the library lib$name in $additional_libdir and $LDFLAGS
+ dnl and the already constructed $LIBNAME/$LTLIBNAME.
+ found_dir=
+ found_la=
+ found_so=
+ found_a=
+ if test $use_additional = yes; then
+ if test -n "$shlibext" && test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then
+ found_dir="$additional_libdir"
+ found_so="$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext"
+ if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"; then
+ found_la="$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"
+ fi
+ else
+ if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$libext"; then
+ found_dir="$additional_libdir"
+ found_a="$additional_libdir/lib$name.$libext"
+ if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"; then
+ found_la="$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ if test "X$found_dir" = "X"; then
+ for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do
+ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+ case "$x" in
+ -L*)
+ dir=`echo "X$x" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'`
+ if test -n "$shlibext" && test -f "$dir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then
+ found_dir="$dir"
+ found_so="$dir/lib$name.$shlibext"
+ if test -f "$dir/lib$name.la"; then
+ found_la="$dir/lib$name.la"
+ fi
+ else
+ if test -f "$dir/lib$name.$libext"; then
+ found_dir="$dir"
+ found_a="$dir/lib$name.$libext"
+ if test -f "$dir/lib$name.la"; then
+ found_la="$dir/lib$name.la"
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ fi
+ if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
+ dnl Found the library.
+ LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name"
+ if test "X$found_so" != "X"; then
+ dnl Linking with a shared library. We attempt to hardcode its
+ dnl directory into the executable's runpath, unless it's the
+ dnl standard /usr/lib.
+ if test "$enable_rpath" = no || test "X$found_dir" = "X/usr/lib"; then
+ dnl No hardcoding is needed.
+ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
+ else
+ dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting
+ dnl binary.
+ dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs.
+ dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end.
+ haveit=
+ for x in $ltrpathdirs; do
+ if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $found_dir"
+ fi
+ dnl The hardcoding into $LIBNAME is system dependent.
+ if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes; then
+ dnl Using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the
+ dnl resulting binary.
+ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
+ else
+ if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" && test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then
+ dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting
+ dnl binary.
+ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
+ dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs.
+ dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end.
+ haveit=
+ for x in $rpathdirs; do
+ if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $found_dir"
+ fi
+ else
+ dnl Rely on "-L$found_dir".
+ dnl But don't add it if it's already contained in the LDFLAGS
+ dnl or the already constructed $LIBNAME
+ haveit=
+ for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do
+ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+ if test "X$x" = "X-L$found_dir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir"
+ fi
+ if test "$hardcode_minus_L" != no; then
+ dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use
+ dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so"
+ dnl here.
+ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
+ else
+ dnl We cannot use $hardcode_runpath_var and LD_RUN_PATH
+ dnl here, because this doesn't fit in flags passed to the
+ dnl compiler. So give up. No hardcoding. This affects only
+ dnl very old systems.
+ dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use
+ dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so"
+ dnl here.
+ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ else
+ if test "X$found_a" != "X"; then
+ dnl Linking with a static library.
+ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_a"
+ else
+ dnl We shouldn't come here, but anyway it's good to have a
+ dnl fallback.
+ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name"
+ fi
+ fi
+ dnl Assume the include files are nearby.
+ additional_includedir=
+ case "$found_dir" in
+ */lib | */lib/)
+ basedir=`echo "X$found_dir" | sed -e 's,^X,,' -e 's,/lib/*$,,'`
+ additional_includedir="$basedir/include"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X"; then
+ dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME.
+ dnl But don't add it
+ dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/include,
+ dnl 2. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux,
+ dnl 3. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS or the already
+ dnl constructed $INCNAME,
+ dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
+ if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then
+ haveit=
+ if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then
+ if test -n "$GCC"; then
+ case $host_os in
+ linux*) haveit=yes;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ fi
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ for x in $CPPFLAGS $INC[]NAME; do
+ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+ if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then
+ dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME.
+ INC[]NAME="${INC[]NAME}${INC[]NAME:+ }-I$additional_includedir"
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ dnl Look for dependencies.
+ if test -n "$found_la"; then
+ dnl Read the .la file. It defines the variables
+ dnl dlname, library_names, old_library, dependency_libs, current,
+ dnl age, revision, installed, dlopen, dlpreopen, libdir.
+ save_libdir="$libdir"
+ case "$found_la" in
+ */* | *\\*) . "$found_la" ;;
+ *) . "./$found_la" ;;
+ esac
+ libdir="$save_libdir"
+ dnl We use only dependency_libs.
+ for dep in $dependency_libs; do
+ case "$dep" in
+ -L*)
+ additional_libdir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'`
+ dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME and $LTLIBNAME.
+ dnl But don't add it
+ dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/lib,
+ dnl 2. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux,
+ dnl 3. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS or the already
+ dnl constructed $LIBNAME,
+ dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
+ if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/lib"; then
+ haveit=
+ if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/lib"; then
+ if test -n "$GCC"; then
+ case $host_os in
+ linux*) haveit=yes;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ fi
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ haveit=
+ for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do
+ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+ if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
+ dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME.
+ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
+ fi
+ fi
+ haveit=
+ for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do
+ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+ if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
+ dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LTLIBNAME.
+ LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ ;;
+ -R*)
+ dir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-R//'`
+ if test "$enable_rpath" != no; then
+ dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs.
+ dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end.
+ haveit=
+ for x in $rpathdirs; do
+ if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir"
+ fi
+ dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs.
+ dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end.
+ haveit=
+ for x in $ltrpathdirs; do
+ if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $dir"
+ fi
+ fi
+ ;;
+ -l*)
+ dnl Handle this in the next round.
+ names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-l//'`
+ ;;
+ *.la)
+ dnl Handle this in the next round. Throw away the .la's
+ dnl directory; it is already contained in a preceding -L
+ dnl option.
+ names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's,^X.*/,,' -e 's,^lib,,' -e 's,\.la$,,'`
+ ;;
+ *)
+ dnl Most likely an immediate library name.
+ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$dep"
+ LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$dep"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ fi
+ else
+ dnl Didn't find the library; assume it is in the system directories
+ dnl known to the linker and runtime loader. (All the system
+ dnl directories known to the linker should also be known to the
+ dnl runtime loader, otherwise the system is severely misconfigured.)
+ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
+ LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ done
+ done
+ if test "X$rpathdirs" != "X"; then
+ if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
+ dnl Weird platform: only the last -rpath option counts, the user must
+ dnl pass all path elements in one option. We can arrange that for a
+ dnl single library, but not when more than one $LIBNAMEs are used.
+ alldirs=
+ for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do
+ alldirs="${alldirs}${alldirs:+$hardcode_libdir_separator}$found_dir"
+ done
+ dnl Note: hardcode_libdir_flag_spec uses $libdir and $wl.
+ acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
+ libdir="$alldirs"
+ eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+ libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
+ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag"
+ else
+ dnl The -rpath options are cumulative.
+ for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do
+ acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
+ libdir="$found_dir"
+ eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+ libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
+ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag"
+ done
+ fi
+ fi
+ if test "X$ltrpathdirs" != "X"; then
+ dnl When using libtool, the option that works for both libraries and
+ dnl executables is -R. The -R options are cumulative.
+ for found_dir in $ltrpathdirs; do
+ LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-R$found_dir"
+ done
+ fi
+])
+
+dnl AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR(VAR, CONTENTS) appends the elements of CONTENTS to VAR,
+dnl unless already present in VAR.
+dnl Works only for CPPFLAGS, not for LIB* variables because that sometimes
+dnl contains two or three consecutive elements that belong together.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR],
+[
+ for element in [$2]; do
+ haveit=
+ for x in $[$1]; do
+ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+ if test "X$x" = "X$element"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ [$1]="${[$1]}${[$1]:+ }$element"
+ fi
+ done
+])
--- /dev/null
+# lib-prefix.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.12)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+
+dnl AC_LIB_ARG_WITH is synonymous to AC_ARG_WITH in autoconf-2.13, and
+dnl similar to AC_ARG_WITH in autoconf 2.52...2.57 except that is doesn't
+dnl require excessive bracketing.
+ifdef([AC_HELP_STRING],
+[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_ARG_WITH], [AC_ARG_WITH([$1],[[$2]],[$3],[$4])])],
+[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_ARG_WITH], [AC_ARG_WITH([$1],[$2],[$3],[$4])])])
+
+dnl AC_LIB_PREFIX adds to the CPPFLAGS and LDFLAGS the flags that are needed
+dnl to access previously installed libraries. The basic assumption is that
+dnl a user will want packages to use other packages he previously installed
+dnl with the same --prefix option.
+dnl This macro is not needed if only AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS is used to locate
+dnl libraries, but is otherwise very convenient.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREFIX],
+[
+ AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS])
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
+ dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir.
+ use_additional=yes
+ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
+ eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
+ eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
+ ])
+ AC_LIB_ARG_WITH([lib-prefix],
+[ --with-lib-prefix[=DIR] search for libraries in DIR/include and DIR/lib
+ --without-lib-prefix don't search for libraries in includedir and libdir],
+[
+ if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then
+ use_additional=no
+ else
+ if test "X$withval" = "X"; then
+ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
+ eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
+ eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
+ ])
+ else
+ additional_includedir="$withval/include"
+ additional_libdir="$withval/lib"
+ fi
+ fi
+])
+ if test $use_additional = yes; then
+ dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS.
+ dnl But don't add it
+ dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/include,
+ dnl 2. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS,
+ dnl 3. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux,
+ dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
+ if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then
+ haveit=
+ for x in $CPPFLAGS; do
+ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+ if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then
+ if test -n "$GCC"; then
+ case $host_os in
+ linux*) haveit=yes;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ fi
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then
+ dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS.
+ CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}${CPPFLAGS:+ }-I$additional_includedir"
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS.
+ dnl But don't add it
+ dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/lib,
+ dnl 2. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS,
+ dnl 3. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux,
+ dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
+ if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/lib"; then
+ haveit=
+ for x in $LDFLAGS; do
+ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+ if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/lib"; then
+ if test -n "$GCC"; then
+ case $host_os in
+ linux*) haveit=yes;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ fi
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
+ dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS.
+ LDFLAGS="${LDFLAGS}${LDFLAGS:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+])
+
+dnl AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX creates variables acl_final_prefix,
+dnl acl_final_exec_prefix, containing the values to which $prefix and
+dnl $exec_prefix will expand at the end of the configure script.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX],
+[
+ dnl Unfortunately, prefix and exec_prefix get only finally determined
+ dnl at the end of configure.
+ if test "X$prefix" = "XNONE"; then
+ acl_final_prefix="$ac_default_prefix"
+ else
+ acl_final_prefix="$prefix"
+ fi
+ if test "X$exec_prefix" = "XNONE"; then
+ acl_final_exec_prefix='${prefix}'
+ else
+ acl_final_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
+ fi
+ acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
+ eval acl_final_exec_prefix=\"$acl_final_exec_prefix\"
+ prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
+])
+
+dnl AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([statement]) evaluates statement, with the
+dnl variables prefix and exec_prefix bound to the values they will have
+dnl at the end of the configure script.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX],
+[
+ acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
+ acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
+ exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix"
+ $1
+ exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
+])
--- /dev/null
+# nls.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.12)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+dnl
+dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
+dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
+dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
+dnl functionality.
+dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
+dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
+dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
+dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
+
+dnl Authors:
+dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995-2000.
+dnl Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2000-2003.
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_NLS],
+[
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
+ dnl Default is enabled NLS
+ AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls,
+ [ --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support],
+ USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes)
+ AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS)
+ AC_SUBST(USE_NLS)
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_MKINSTALLDIRS],
+[
+ dnl If the AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR macro for autoconf is used we possibly
+ dnl find the mkinstalldirs script in another subdir but $(top_srcdir).
+ dnl Try to locate it.
+ MKINSTALLDIRS=
+ if test -n "$ac_aux_dir"; then
+ case "$ac_aux_dir" in
+ /*) MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs" ;;
+ *) MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_builddir)/$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs" ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ if test -z "$MKINSTALLDIRS"; then
+ MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs"
+ fi
+ AC_SUBST(MKINSTALLDIRS)
+])
--- /dev/null
+# po.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.12)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+dnl
+dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
+dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
+dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
+dnl functionality.
+dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
+dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
+dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
+dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
+
+dnl Authors:
+dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995-2000.
+dnl Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2000-2003.
+
+dnl Checks for all prerequisites of the po subdirectory.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_PO_SUBDIRS],
+[
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AM_MKINSTALLDIRS])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AM_NLS])dnl
+
+ dnl Perform the following tests also if --disable-nls has been given,
+ dnl because they are needed for "make dist" to work.
+
+ dnl Search for GNU msgfmt in the PATH.
+ dnl The first test excludes Solaris msgfmt and early GNU msgfmt versions.
+ dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD msgfmt.
+ AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
+ [$ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+ (if $ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)],
+ :)
+ AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
+
+ dnl Search for GNU xgettext 0.12 or newer in the PATH.
+ dnl The first test excludes Solaris xgettext and early GNU xgettext versions.
+ dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD xgettext.
+ AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
+ [$ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+ (if $ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)],
+ :)
+ dnl Remove leftover from FreeBSD xgettext call.
+ rm -f messages.po
+
+ dnl Search for GNU msgmerge 0.11 or newer in the PATH.
+ AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGMERGE, msgmerge,
+ [$ac_dir/$ac_word --update -q /dev/null /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1], :)
+
+ dnl This could go away some day; the PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST already does it.
+ dnl Test whether we really found GNU msgfmt.
+ if test "$GMSGFMT" != ":"; then
+ dnl If it is no GNU msgfmt we define it as : so that the
+ dnl Makefiles still can work.
+ if $GMSGFMT --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+ (if $GMSGFMT --statistics /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi); then
+ : ;
+ else
+ GMSGFMT=`echo "$GMSGFMT" | sed -e 's,^.*/,,'`
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(
+ [found $GMSGFMT program is not GNU msgfmt; ignore it])
+ GMSGFMT=":"
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ dnl This could go away some day; the PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST already does it.
+ dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext.
+ if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then
+ dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the
+ dnl Makefiles still can work.
+ if $XGETTEXT --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+ (if $XGETTEXT --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi); then
+ : ;
+ else
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(
+ [found xgettext program is not GNU xgettext; ignore it])
+ XGETTEXT=":"
+ fi
+ dnl Remove leftover from FreeBSD xgettext call.
+ rm -f messages.po
+ fi
+
+ AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS([
+ for ac_file in $CONFIG_FILES; do
+ # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]"
+ case "$ac_file" in
+ *:*) ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
+ esac
+ # PO directories have a Makefile.in generated from Makefile.in.in.
+ case "$ac_file" in */Makefile.in)
+ # Adjust a relative srcdir.
+ ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+ ac_dir_suffix="/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
+ ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
+ # In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir.
+ # In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir.
+ test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir"
+ case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
+ .) top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;;
+ /*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+ *) top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+ esac
+ if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in"; then
+ rm -f "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
+ test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/POTFILES" || echo "creating $ac_dir/POTFILES"
+ cat "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in" | sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^[ ]*\$/d" -e "s,.*, $top_srcdir/& \\\\," | sed -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" > "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
+ POMAKEFILEDEPS="POTFILES.in"
+ # ALL_LINGUAS, POFILES, GMOFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES depend
+ # on $ac_dir but don't depend on user-specified configuration
+ # parameters.
+ if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"; then
+ # The LINGUAS file contains the set of available languages.
+ if test -n "$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS"; then
+ test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete" || echo "setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete"
+ fi
+ ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -e "/^#/d" "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"`
+ # Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assigment from automake.
+ eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$ALL_LINGUAS_'
+ POMAKEFILEDEPS="$POMAKEFILEDEPS LINGUAS"
+ else
+ # The set of available languages was given in configure.in.
+ eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS'
+ fi
+ case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
+ .) srcdirpre= ;;
+ *) srcdirpre='$(srcdir)/' ;;
+ esac
+ POFILES=
+ GMOFILES=
+ UPDATEPOFILES=
+ DUMMYPOFILES=
+ for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
+ POFILES="$POFILES $srcdirpre$lang.po"
+ GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $srcdirpre$lang.gmo"
+ UPDATEPOFILES="$UPDATEPOFILES $lang.po-update"
+ DUMMYPOFILES="$DUMMYPOFILES $lang.nop"
+ done
+ # CATALOGS depends on both $ac_dir and the user's LINGUAS
+ # environment variable.
+ INST_LINGUAS=
+ if test -n "$ALL_LINGUAS"; then
+ for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
+ useit=no
+ if test "%UNSET%" != "$LINGUAS"; then
+ desiredlanguages="$LINGUAS"
+ else
+ desiredlanguages="$ALL_LINGUAS"
+ fi
+ for desiredlang in $desiredlanguages; do
+ # Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is
+ # a. equal to presentlang, or
+ # b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case,
+ # presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages
+ # which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog).
+ case "$desiredlang" in
+ "$presentlang"*) useit=yes;;
+ esac
+ done
+ if test $useit = yes; then
+ INST_LINGUAS="$INST_LINGUAS $presentlang"
+ fi
+ done
+ fi
+ CATALOGS=
+ if test -n "$INST_LINGUAS"; then
+ for lang in $INST_LINGUAS; do
+ CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang.gmo"
+ done
+ fi
+ test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/Makefile" || echo "creating $ac_dir/Makefile"
+ sed -e "/^POTFILES =/r $ac_dir/POTFILES" -e "/^# Makevars/r $ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/Makevars" -e "s|@POFILES@|$POFILES|g" -e "s|@GMOFILES@|$GMOFILES|g" -e "s|@UPDATEPOFILES@|$UPDATEPOFILES|g" -e "s|@DUMMYPOFILES@|$DUMMYPOFILES|g" -e "s|@CATALOGS@|$CATALOGS|g" -e "s|@POMAKEFILEDEPS@|$POMAKEFILEDEPS|g" "$ac_dir/Makefile.in" > "$ac_dir/Makefile"
+ for f in "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir"/Rules-*; do
+ if test -f "$f"; then
+ case "$f" in
+ *.orig | *.bak | *~) ;;
+ *) cat "$f" >> "$ac_dir/Makefile" ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ done
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done],
+ [# Capture the value of obsolete ALL_LINGUAS because we need it to compute
+ # POFILES, GMOFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES, CATALOGS. But hide it
+ # from automake.
+ eval 'OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS''="$ALL_LINGUAS"'
+ # Capture the value of LINGUAS because we need it to compute CATALOGS.
+ LINGUAS="${LINGUAS-%UNSET%}"
+ ])
+])
--- /dev/null
+# progtest.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.12)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1996-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+dnl
+dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
+dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
+dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
+dnl functionality.
+dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
+dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
+dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
+dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
+
+dnl Authors:
+dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
+
+# Search path for a program which passes the given test.
+
+dnl AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(VARIABLE, PROG-TO-CHECK-FOR,
+dnl TEST-PERFORMED-ON-FOUND_PROGRAM [, VALUE-IF-NOT-FOUND [, PATH]])
+AC_DEFUN([AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST],
+[
+# Prepare PATH_SEPARATOR.
+# The user is always right.
+if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
+ echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh
+ echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh
+ chmod +x conf$$.sh
+ if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
+ else
+ PATH_SEPARATOR=:
+ fi
+ rm -f conf$$.sh
+fi
+
+# Find out how to test for executable files. Don't use a zero-byte file,
+# as systems may use methods other than mode bits to determine executability.
+cat >conf$$.file <<_ASEOF
+#! /bin/sh
+exit 0
+_ASEOF
+chmod +x conf$$.file
+if test -x conf$$.file >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ ac_executable_p="test -x"
+else
+ ac_executable_p="test -f"
+fi
+rm -f conf$$.file
+
+# Extract the first word of "$2", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $2; ac_word=[$]2
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $ac_word])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_$1,
+[case "[$]$1" in
+ [[\\/]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*)
+ ac_cv_path_$1="[$]$1" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+ ;;
+ *)
+ ac_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+ for ac_dir in ifelse([$5], , $PATH, [$5]); do
+ IFS="$ac_save_IFS"
+ test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ if $ac_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+ if [$3]; then
+ ac_cv_path_$1="$ac_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
+ break 2
+ fi
+ fi
+ done
+ done
+ IFS="$ac_save_IFS"
+dnl If no 4th arg is given, leave the cache variable unset,
+dnl so AC_PATH_PROGS will keep looking.
+ifelse([$4], , , [ test -z "[$]ac_cv_path_$1" && ac_cv_path_$1="$4"
+])dnl
+ ;;
+esac])dnl
+$1="$ac_cv_path_$1"
+if test ifelse([$4], , [-n "[$]$1"], ["[$]$1" != "$4"]); then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([$]$1)
+else
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+fi
+AC_SUBST($1)dnl
+])
--- /dev/null
+# Configure paths for SDL
+# Sam Lantinga 9/21/99
+# stolen from Manish Singh
+# stolen back from Frank Belew
+# stolen from Manish Singh
+# Shamelessly stolen from Owen Taylor
+
+dnl AM_PATH_SDL([MINIMUM-VERSION, [ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]]])
+dnl Test for SDL, and define SDL_CFLAGS and SDL_LIBS
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN([AM_PATH_SDL],
+[dnl
+dnl Get the cflags and libraries from the sdl-config script
+dnl
+AC_ARG_WITH(sdl-prefix,[ --with-sdl-prefix=PFX Prefix where SDL is installed (optional)],
+ sdl_prefix="$withval", sdl_prefix="")
+AC_ARG_WITH(sdl-exec-prefix,[ --with-sdl-exec-prefix=PFX Exec prefix where SDL is installed (optional)],
+ sdl_exec_prefix="$withval", sdl_exec_prefix="")
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(sdltest, [ --disable-sdltest Do not try to compile and run a test SDL program],
+ , enable_sdltest=yes)
+
+ if test x$sdl_exec_prefix != x ; then
+ sdl_args="$sdl_args --exec-prefix=$sdl_exec_prefix"
+ if test x${SDL_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+ SDL_CONFIG=$sdl_exec_prefix/bin/sdl-config
+ fi
+ fi
+ if test x$sdl_prefix != x ; then
+ sdl_args="$sdl_args --prefix=$sdl_prefix"
+ if test x${SDL_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+ SDL_CONFIG=$sdl_prefix/bin/sdl-config
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_TARGET])
+ PATH="$prefix/bin:$prefix/usr/bin:$PATH"
+ AC_PATH_PROG(SDL_CONFIG, sdl-config, no, [$PATH])
+ min_sdl_version=ifelse([$1], ,0.11.0,$1)
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING(for SDL - version >= $min_sdl_version)
+ no_sdl=""
+ if test "$SDL_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+ no_sdl=yes
+ else
+ SDL_CFLAGS=`$SDL_CONFIG $sdlconf_args --cflags`
+ SDL_LIBS=`$SDL_CONFIG $sdlconf_args --libs`
+
+ sdl_major_version=`$SDL_CONFIG $sdl_args --version | \
+ sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
+ sdl_minor_version=`$SDL_CONFIG $sdl_args --version | \
+ sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
+ sdl_micro_version=`$SDL_CONFIG $sdl_config_args --version | \
+ sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
+ if test "x$enable_sdltest" = "xyes" ; then
+ ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+ ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $SDL_CFLAGS"
+ LIBS="$LIBS $SDL_LIBS"
+dnl
+dnl Now check if the installed SDL is sufficiently new. (Also sanity
+dnl checks the results of sdl-config to some extent
+dnl
+ rm -f conf.sdltest
+ AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "SDL.h"
+
+char*
+my_strdup (char *str)
+{
+ char *new_str;
+
+ if (str)
+ {
+ new_str = (char *)malloc ((strlen (str) + 1) * sizeof(char));
+ strcpy (new_str, str);
+ }
+ else
+ new_str = NULL;
+
+ return new_str;
+}
+
+int main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ int major, minor, micro;
+ char *tmp_version;
+
+ /* This hangs on some systems (?)
+ system ("touch conf.sdltest");
+ */
+ { FILE *fp = fopen("conf.sdltest", "a"); if ( fp ) fclose(fp); }
+
+ /* HP/UX 9 (%@#!) writes to sscanf strings */
+ tmp_version = my_strdup("$min_sdl_version");
+ if (sscanf(tmp_version, "%d.%d.%d", &major, &minor, µ) != 3) {
+ printf("%s, bad version string\n", "$min_sdl_version");
+ exit(1);
+ }
+
+ if (($sdl_major_version > major) ||
+ (($sdl_major_version == major) && ($sdl_minor_version > minor)) ||
+ (($sdl_major_version == major) && ($sdl_minor_version == minor) && ($sdl_micro_version >= micro)))
+ {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ printf("\n*** 'sdl-config --version' returned %d.%d.%d, but the minimum version\n", $sdl_major_version, $sdl_minor_version, $sdl_micro_version);
+ printf("*** of SDL required is %d.%d.%d. If sdl-config is correct, then it is\n", major, minor, micro);
+ printf("*** best to upgrade to the required version.\n");
+ printf("*** If sdl-config was wrong, set the environment variable SDL_CONFIG\n");
+ printf("*** to point to the correct copy of sdl-config, and remove the file\n");
+ printf("*** config.cache before re-running configure\n");
+ return 1;
+ }
+}
+
+],, no_sdl=yes,[echo $ac_n "cross compiling; assumed OK... $ac_c"])
+ CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+ LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+ fi
+ fi
+ if test "x$no_sdl" = x ; then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+ ifelse([$2], , :, [$2])
+ else
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+ if test "$SDL_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+ echo "*** The sdl-config script installed by SDL could not be found"
+ echo "*** If SDL was installed in PREFIX, make sure PREFIX/bin is in"
+ echo "*** your path, or set the SDL_CONFIG environment variable to the"
+ echo "*** full path to sdl-config."
+ else
+ if test -f conf.sdltest ; then
+ :
+ else
+ echo "*** Could not run SDL test program, checking why..."
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $SDL_CFLAGS"
+ LIBS="$LIBS $SDL_LIBS"
+ AC_TRY_LINK([
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "SDL.h"
+
+int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{ return 0; }
+#undef main
+#define main K_and_R_C_main
+], [ return 0; ],
+ [ echo "*** The test program compiled, but did not run. This usually means"
+ echo "*** that the run-time linker is not finding SDL or finding the wrong"
+ echo "*** version of SDL. If it is not finding SDL, you'll need to set your"
+ echo "*** LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf to point"
+ echo "*** to the installed location Also, make sure you have run ldconfig if that"
+ echo "*** is required on your system"
+ echo "***"
+ echo "*** If you have an old version installed, it is best to remove it, although"
+ echo "*** you may also be able to get things to work by modifying LD_LIBRARY_PATH"],
+ [ echo "*** The test program failed to compile or link. See the file config.log for the"
+ echo "*** exact error that occured. This usually means SDL was incorrectly installed"
+ echo "*** or that you have moved SDL since it was installed. In the latter case, you"
+ echo "*** may want to edit the sdl-config script: $SDL_CONFIG" ])
+ CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+ LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+ fi
+ fi
+ SDL_CFLAGS=""
+ SDL_LIBS=""
+ ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
+ fi
+ AC_SUBST(SDL_CFLAGS)
+ AC_SUBST(SDL_LIBS)
+ rm -f conf.sdltest
+])
--- /dev/null
+# stdint_h.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.12)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+
+dnl From Paul Eggert.
+
+# Define HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX if <stdint.h> exists,
+# doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and declares uintmax_t.
+
+AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H],
+[
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for stdint.h], jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h,
+ [AC_TRY_COMPILE(
+ [#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdint.h>],
+ [uintmax_t i = (uintmax_t) -1;],
+ jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h=yes,
+ jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h=no)])
+ if test $jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX, 1,
+ [Define if <stdint.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>,
+ and declares uintmax_t. ])
+ fi
+])
--- /dev/null
+# uintmax_t.m4 serial 7 (gettext-0.12)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+
+dnl From Paul Eggert.
+
+AC_PREREQ(2.13)
+
+# Define uintmax_t to 'unsigned long' or 'unsigned long long'
+# if it is not already defined in <stdint.h> or <inttypes.h>.
+
+AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T],
+[
+ AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])
+ AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H])
+ if test $jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h = no && test $jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h = no; then
+ AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG])
+ test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long = yes \
+ && ac_type='unsigned long long' \
+ || ac_type='unsigned long'
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(uintmax_t, $ac_type,
+ [Define to unsigned long or unsigned long long
+ if <stdint.h> and <inttypes.h> don't define.])
+ else
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UINTMAX_T, 1,
+ [Define if you have the 'uintmax_t' type in <stdint.h> or <inttypes.h>.])
+ fi
+])
--- /dev/null
+# ulonglong.m4 serial 2 (fileutils-4.0.32, gettext-0.10.40)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1999-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+
+dnl From Paul Eggert.
+
+AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG],
+[
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for unsigned long long], ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long,
+ [AC_TRY_LINK([unsigned long long ull = 1; int i = 63;],
+ [unsigned long long ullmax = (unsigned long long) -1;
+ return ull << i | ull >> i | ullmax / ull | ullmax % ull;],
+ ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long=yes,
+ ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long=no)])
+ if test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG, 1,
+ [Define if you have the unsigned long long type.])
+ fi
+])
+++ /dev/null
-AC_DEFUN([ACX_PTHREAD], [
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
-AC_LANG_SAVE
-AC_LANG_C
-acx_pthread_ok=no
-
-# We used to check for pthread.h first, but this fails if pthread.h
-# requires special compiler flags (e.g. on True64 or Sequent).
-# It gets checked for in the link test anyway.
-
-# First of all, check if the user has set any of the PTHREAD_LIBS,
-# etcetera environment variables, and if threads linking works using
-# them:
-if test x"$PTHREAD_LIBS$PTHREAD_CFLAGS" != x; then
- save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $PTHREAD_CFLAGS"
- save_LIBS="$LIBS"
- LIBS="$PTHREAD_LIBS $LIBS"
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([for pthread_join in LIBS=$PTHREAD_LIBS with CFLAGS=$PTHREAD_CFLAGS])
- AC_TRY_LINK_FUNC(pthread_join, acx_pthread_ok=yes)
- AC_MSG_RESULT($acx_pthread_ok)
- if test x"$acx_pthread_ok" = xno; then
- PTHREAD_LIBS=""
- PTHREAD_CFLAGS=""
- fi
- LIBS="$save_LIBS"
- CFLAGS="$save_CFLAGS"
-fi
-
-# We must check for the threads library under a number of different
-# names; the ordering is very important because some systems
-# (e.g. DEC) have both -lpthread and -lpthreads, where one of the
-# libraries is broken (non-POSIX).
-
-# Create a list of thread flags to try. Items starting with a "-" are
-# C compiler flags, and other items are library names, except for "none"
-# which indicates that we try without any flags at all, and "pthread-config"
-# which is a program returning the flags for the Pth emulation library.
-
-acx_pthread_flags="pthreads none -Kthread -kthread lthread -pthread -pthreads -mthreads pthread --thread-safe -mt pthread-config"
-
-# The ordering *is* (sometimes) important. Some notes on the
-# individual items follow:
-
-# pthreads: AIX (must check this before -lpthread)
-# none: in case threads are in libc; should be tried before -Kthread and
-# other compiler flags to prevent continual compiler warnings
-# -Kthread: Sequent (threads in libc, but -Kthread needed for pthread.h)
-# -kthread: FreeBSD kernel threads (preferred to -pthread since SMP-able)
-# lthread: LinuxThreads port on FreeBSD (also preferred to -pthread)
-# -pthread: Linux/gcc (kernel threads), BSD/gcc (userland threads)
-# -pthreads: Solaris/gcc
-# -mthreads: Mingw32/gcc, Lynx/gcc
-# -mt: Sun Workshop C (may only link SunOS threads [-lthread], but it
-# doesn't hurt to check since this sometimes defines pthreads too;
-# also defines -D_REENTRANT)
-# pthread: Linux, etcetera
-# --thread-safe: KAI C++
-# pthread-config: use pthread-config program (for GNU Pth library)
-
-case "${host_cpu}-${host_os}" in
- *solaris*)
-
- # On Solaris (at least, for some versions), libc contains stubbed
- # (non-functional) versions of the pthreads routines, so link-based
- # tests will erroneously succeed. (We need to link with -pthread or
- # -lpthread.) (The stubs are missing pthread_cleanup_push, or rather
- # a function called by this macro, so we could check for that, but
- # who knows whether they'll stub that too in a future libc.) So,
- # we'll just look for -pthreads and -lpthread first:
-
- acx_pthread_flags="-pthread -pthreads pthread -mt $acx_pthread_flags"
- ;;
-esac
-
-if test x"$acx_pthread_ok" = xno; then
-for flag in $acx_pthread_flags; do
-
- case $flag in
- none)
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether pthreads work without any flags])
- ;;
-
- -*)
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether pthreads work with $flag])
- PTHREAD_CFLAGS="$flag"
- ;;
-
- pthread-config)
- AC_CHECK_PROG(acx_pthread_config, pthread-config, yes, no)
- if test x"$acx_pthread_config" = xno; then continue; fi
- PTHREAD_CFLAGS="`pthread-config --cflags`"
- PTHREAD_LIBS="`pthread-config --ldflags` `pthread-config --libs`"
- ;;
-
- *)
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([for the pthreads library -l$flag])
- PTHREAD_LIBS="-l$flag"
- ;;
- esac
-
- save_LIBS="$LIBS"
- save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
- LIBS="$PTHREAD_LIBS $LIBS"
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $PTHREAD_CFLAGS"
-
- # Check for various functions. We must include pthread.h,
- # since some functions may be macros. (On the Sequent, we
- # need a special flag -Kthread to make this header compile.)
- # We check for pthread_join because it is in -lpthread on IRIX
- # while pthread_create is in libc. We check for pthread_attr_init
- # due to DEC craziness with -lpthreads. We check for
- # pthread_cleanup_push because it is one of the few pthread
- # functions on Solaris that doesn't have a non-functional libc stub.
- # We try pthread_create on general principles.
- AC_TRY_LINK([#include <pthread.h>],
- [pthread_t th; pthread_join(th, 0);
- pthread_attr_init(0); pthread_cleanup_push(0, 0);
- pthread_create(0,0,0,0); pthread_cleanup_pop(0); ],
- [acx_pthread_ok=yes])
-
- LIBS="$save_LIBS"
- CFLAGS="$save_CFLAGS"
-
- AC_MSG_RESULT($acx_pthread_ok)
- if test "x$acx_pthread_ok" = xyes; then
- break;
- fi
-
- PTHREAD_LIBS=""
- PTHREAD_CFLAGS=""
-done
-fi
-
-# Various other checks:
-if test "x$acx_pthread_ok" = xyes; then
- save_LIBS="$LIBS"
- LIBS="$PTHREAD_LIBS $LIBS"
- save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $PTHREAD_CFLAGS"
-
- # Detect AIX lossage: threads are created detached by default
- # and the JOINABLE attribute has a nonstandard name (UNDETACHED).
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([for joinable pthread attribute])
- AC_TRY_LINK([#include <pthread.h>],
- [int attr=PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE;],
- ok=PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE, ok=unknown)
- if test x"$ok" = xunknown; then
- AC_TRY_LINK([#include <pthread.h>],
- [int attr=PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED;],
- ok=PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED, ok=unknown)
- fi
- if test x"$ok" != xPTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE; then
- AC_DEFINE(PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE, $ok,
- [Define to the necessary symbol if this constant
- uses a non-standard name on your system.])
- fi
- AC_MSG_RESULT(${ok})
- if test x"$ok" = xunknown; then
- AC_MSG_WARN([we do not know how to create joinable pthreads])
- fi
-
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([if more special flags are required for pthreads])
- flag=no
- case "${host_cpu}-${host_os}" in
- *-aix* | *-freebsd*) flag="-D_THREAD_SAFE";;
- *solaris* | *-osf* | *-hpux*) flag="-D_REENTRANT";;
- esac
- AC_MSG_RESULT(${flag})
- if test "x$flag" != xno; then
- PTHREAD_CFLAGS="$flag $PTHREAD_CFLAGS"
- fi
-
- LIBS="$save_LIBS"
- CFLAGS="$save_CFLAGS"
-
- # More AIX lossage: must compile with cc_r
- AC_CHECK_PROG(PTHREAD_CC, cc_r, cc_r, ${CC})
-else
- PTHREAD_CC="$CC"
-fi
-
-AC_SUBST(PTHREAD_LIBS)
-AC_SUBST(PTHREAD_CFLAGS)
-AC_SUBST(PTHREAD_CC)
-
-# Finally, execute ACTION-IF-FOUND/ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND:
-if test x"$acx_pthread_ok" = xyes; then
- ifelse([$1],,AC_DEFINE(HAVE_PTHREAD,1,[Define if you have POSIX threads libraries and header files.]),[$1])
- :
-else
- acx_pthread_ok=no
- $2
-fi
-AC_LANG_RESTORE
-])dnl ACX_PTHREAD
+++ /dev/null
-AC_DEFUN([AX_CHECK_GL],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PATH_X])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([ACX_PTHREAD])dnl
-
-#
-# There isn't a reliable way to know we should use the Apple OpenGL framework
-# without a configure option. A Mac OS X user may have installed an
-# alternative GL implementation (e.g., Mesa), which may or may not depend on X.
-#
-AC_ARG_WITH([apple-opengl-framework],
- [AC_HELP_STRING([--with-apple-opengl-framework],
- [use Apple OpenGL framework (Mac OS X only)])])
-if test "X$with_apple_opengl_framework" = "Xyes"; then
- AC_DEFINE([HAVE_APPLE_OPENGL_FRAMEWORK], [1],
- [Use the Apple OpenGL framework.])
- GL_CFLAGS="-framework OpenGL"
-else
- GL_CFLAGS="${PTHREAD_CFLAGS}"
- GL_LIBS="${PTHREAD_LIBS} -lm"
-
- #
- # Use x_includes and x_libraries if they have been set (presumably by
- # AC_PATH_X).
- #
- if test "X$no_x" != "Xyes"; then
- if test -n "$x_includes"; then
- GL_CFLAGS="-I${x_includes} ${GL_CFLAGS}"
- fi
- if test -n "$x_libraries"; then
- GL_LIBS="-L${x_libraries} -lX11 ${GL_LIBS}"
- fi
- fi
-
- AC_LANG_PUSH(C)
-
- AC_CHECK_HEADERS([windows.h])
-
- AC_CACHE_CHECK([for OpenGL library], [ax_cv_check_gl_libgl],
- [ax_cv_check_gl_libgl="no"
- ax_save_CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}"
- CPPFLAGS="${GL_CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS}"
- ax_save_LIBS="${LIBS}"
- LIBS=""
- ax_check_libs="-lopengl32 -lGL"
- for ax_lib in ${ax_check_libs}; do
- if test "X$CC" = "Xcl"; then
- ax_try_lib=`echo $ax_lib | sed -e 's/^-l//' -e 's/$/.lib/'`
- else
- ax_try_lib="${ax_lib}"
- fi
- LIBS="${ax_try_lib} ${GL_LIBS} ${ax_save_LIBS}"
- AC_TRY_LINK([
-# if HAVE_WINDOWS_H && defined(_WIN32)
-# include <windows.h>
-# endif
-# include <GL/gl.h>
-],
- [glBegin(0)],
- [ax_cv_check_gl_libgl="${ax_try_lib}"; break])
- done
- LIBS=${ax_save_LIBS}
- CPPFLAGS=${ax_save_CPPFLAGS}])
-
- if test "X${ax_cv_check_gl_libgl}" = "Xno"; then
- no_gl="yes"
- GL_CFLAGS=""
- GL_LIBS=""
- else
- GL_LIBS="${ax_cv_check_gl_libgl} ${GL_LIBS}"
- fi
- AC_LANG_POP(C)
-fi
-
-AC_SUBST([GL_CFLAGS])
-AC_SUBST([GL_LIBS])
-])dnl
+++ /dev/null
-# Configure paths for SDL
-# Sam Lantinga 9/21/99
-# stolen from Manish Singh
-# stolen back from Frank Belew
-# stolen from Manish Singh
-# Shamelessly stolen from Owen Taylor
-
-dnl AM_PATH_SDL([MINIMUM-VERSION, [ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]]])
-dnl Test for SDL, and define SDL_CFLAGS and SDL_LIBS
-dnl
-AC_DEFUN([AM_PATH_SDL],
-[dnl
-dnl Get the cflags and libraries from the sdl-config script
-dnl
-AC_ARG_WITH(sdl-prefix,[ --with-sdl-prefix=PFX Prefix where SDL is installed (optional)],
- sdl_prefix="$withval", sdl_prefix="")
-AC_ARG_WITH(sdl-exec-prefix,[ --with-sdl-exec-prefix=PFX Exec prefix where SDL is installed (optional)],
- sdl_exec_prefix="$withval", sdl_exec_prefix="")
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(sdltest, [ --disable-sdltest Do not try to compile and run a test SDL program],
- , enable_sdltest=yes)
-
- if test x$sdl_exec_prefix != x ; then
- sdl_args="$sdl_args --exec-prefix=$sdl_exec_prefix"
- if test x${SDL_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
- SDL_CONFIG=$sdl_exec_prefix/bin/sdl-config
- fi
- fi
- if test x$sdl_prefix != x ; then
- sdl_args="$sdl_args --prefix=$sdl_prefix"
- if test x${SDL_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
- SDL_CONFIG=$sdl_prefix/bin/sdl-config
- fi
- fi
-
- AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_TARGET])
- PATH="$prefix/bin:$prefix/usr/bin:$PATH"
- AC_PATH_PROG(SDL_CONFIG, sdl-config, no, [$PATH])
- min_sdl_version=ifelse([$1], ,0.11.0,$1)
- AC_MSG_CHECKING(for SDL - version >= $min_sdl_version)
- no_sdl=""
- if test "$SDL_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
- no_sdl=yes
- else
- SDL_CFLAGS=`$SDL_CONFIG $sdlconf_args --cflags`
- SDL_LIBS=`$SDL_CONFIG $sdlconf_args --libs`
-
- sdl_major_version=`$SDL_CONFIG $sdl_args --version | \
- sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
- sdl_minor_version=`$SDL_CONFIG $sdl_args --version | \
- sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
- sdl_micro_version=`$SDL_CONFIG $sdl_config_args --version | \
- sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
- if test "x$enable_sdltest" = "xyes" ; then
- ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
- ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $SDL_CFLAGS"
- LIBS="$LIBS $SDL_LIBS"
-dnl
-dnl Now check if the installed SDL is sufficiently new. (Also sanity
-dnl checks the results of sdl-config to some extent
-dnl
- rm -f conf.sdltest
- AC_TRY_RUN([
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include "SDL.h"
-
-char*
-my_strdup (char *str)
-{
- char *new_str;
-
- if (str)
- {
- new_str = (char *)malloc ((strlen (str) + 1) * sizeof(char));
- strcpy (new_str, str);
- }
- else
- new_str = NULL;
-
- return new_str;
-}
-
-int main (int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- int major, minor, micro;
- char *tmp_version;
-
- /* This hangs on some systems (?)
- system ("touch conf.sdltest");
- */
- { FILE *fp = fopen("conf.sdltest", "a"); if ( fp ) fclose(fp); }
-
- /* HP/UX 9 (%@#!) writes to sscanf strings */
- tmp_version = my_strdup("$min_sdl_version");
- if (sscanf(tmp_version, "%d.%d.%d", &major, &minor, µ) != 3) {
- printf("%s, bad version string\n", "$min_sdl_version");
- exit(1);
- }
-
- if (($sdl_major_version > major) ||
- (($sdl_major_version == major) && ($sdl_minor_version > minor)) ||
- (($sdl_major_version == major) && ($sdl_minor_version == minor) && ($sdl_micro_version >= micro)))
- {
- return 0;
- }
- else
- {
- printf("\n*** 'sdl-config --version' returned %d.%d.%d, but the minimum version\n", $sdl_major_version, $sdl_minor_version, $sdl_micro_version);
- printf("*** of SDL required is %d.%d.%d. If sdl-config is correct, then it is\n", major, minor, micro);
- printf("*** best to upgrade to the required version.\n");
- printf("*** If sdl-config was wrong, set the environment variable SDL_CONFIG\n");
- printf("*** to point to the correct copy of sdl-config, and remove the file\n");
- printf("*** config.cache before re-running configure\n");
- return 1;
- }
-}
-
-],, no_sdl=yes,[echo $ac_n "cross compiling; assumed OK... $ac_c"])
- CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
- LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
- fi
- fi
- if test "x$no_sdl" = x ; then
- AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
- ifelse([$2], , :, [$2])
- else
- AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
- if test "$SDL_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
- echo "*** The sdl-config script installed by SDL could not be found"
- echo "*** If SDL was installed in PREFIX, make sure PREFIX/bin is in"
- echo "*** your path, or set the SDL_CONFIG environment variable to the"
- echo "*** full path to sdl-config."
- else
- if test -f conf.sdltest ; then
- :
- else
- echo "*** Could not run SDL test program, checking why..."
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $SDL_CFLAGS"
- LIBS="$LIBS $SDL_LIBS"
- AC_TRY_LINK([
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include "SDL.h"
-
-int main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{ return 0; }
-#undef main
-#define main K_and_R_C_main
-], [ return 0; ],
- [ echo "*** The test program compiled, but did not run. This usually means"
- echo "*** that the run-time linker is not finding SDL or finding the wrong"
- echo "*** version of SDL. If it is not finding SDL, you'll need to set your"
- echo "*** LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf to point"
- echo "*** to the installed location Also, make sure you have run ldconfig if that"
- echo "*** is required on your system"
- echo "***"
- echo "*** If you have an old version installed, it is best to remove it, although"
- echo "*** you may also be able to get things to work by modifying LD_LIBRARY_PATH"],
- [ echo "*** The test program failed to compile or link. See the file config.log for the"
- echo "*** exact error that occured. This usually means SDL was incorrectly installed"
- echo "*** or that you have moved SDL since it was installed. In the latter case, you"
- echo "*** may want to edit the sdl-config script: $SDL_CONFIG" ])
- CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
- LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
- fi
- fi
- SDL_CFLAGS=""
- SDL_LIBS=""
- ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
- fi
- AC_SUBST(SDL_CFLAGS)
- AC_SUBST(SDL_LIBS)
- rm -f conf.sdltest
-])
--- /dev/null
+2004-06-02 gettextize <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>
+
+ * Makefile.in.in: New file, from gettext-0.12.1.
+ * boldquot.sed: New file, from gettext-0.12.1.
+ * en@boldquot.header: New file, from gettext-0.12.1.
+ * en@quot.header: New file, from gettext-0.12.1.
+ * insert-header.sin: New file, from gettext-0.12.1.
+ * quot.sed: New file, from gettext-0.12.1.
+ * remove-potcdate.sin: New file, from gettext-0.12.1.
+ * Rules-quot: New file, from gettext-0.12.1.
+
--- /dev/null
+# Set of available languages.
+de
--- /dev/null
+# Makefile for PO directory in any package using GNU gettext.
+# Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+#
+# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can
+# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU General Public
+# License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
+# functionality.
+# Please note that the actual code of GNU gettext is covered by the GNU
+# General Public License and is *not* in the public domain.
+
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+datadir = @datadir@
+localedir = $(datadir)/locale
+gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/po
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(MKINSTALLDIRS)
+
+GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
+XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
+MSGMERGE = msgmerge
+MSGMERGE_UPDATE = @MSGMERGE@ --update
+MSGINIT = msginit
+MSGCONV = msgconv
+MSGFILTER = msgfilter
+
+POFILES = @POFILES@
+GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
+UPDATEPOFILES = @UPDATEPOFILES@
+DUMMYPOFILES = @DUMMYPOFILES@
+DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in.in remove-potcdate.sin \
+$(DISTFILES.common.extra1) $(DISTFILES.common.extra2) $(DISTFILES.common.extra3)
+DISTFILES = $(DISTFILES.common) Makevars POTFILES.in $(DOMAIN).pot stamp-po \
+$(POFILES) $(GMOFILES) \
+$(DISTFILES.extra1) $(DISTFILES.extra2) $(DISTFILES.extra3)
+
+POTFILES = \
+
+CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
+
+# Makevars gets inserted here. (Don't remove this line!)
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .po .gmo .mo .sed .sin .nop .po-update
+
+.po.mo:
+ @echo "$(MSGFMT) -c -o $@ $<"; \
+ $(MSGFMT) -c -o t-$@ $< && mv t-$@ $@
+
+.po.gmo:
+ @lang=`echo $* | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`; \
+ test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \
+ echo "$${cdcmd}rm -f $${lang}.gmo && $(GMSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $${lang}.gmo $${lang}.po"; \
+ cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $${lang}.gmo && $(GMSGFMT) -c --statistics -o t-$${lang}.gmo $${lang}.po && mv t-$${lang}.gmo $${lang}.gmo
+
+.sin.sed:
+ sed -e '/^#/d' $< > t-$@
+ mv t-$@ $@
+
+
+all: all-@USE_NLS@
+
+all-yes: stamp-po
+all-no:
+
+# stamp-po is a timestamp denoting the last time at which the CATALOGS have
+# been loosely updated. Its purpose is that when a developer or translator
+# checks out the package via CVS, and the $(DOMAIN).pot file is not in CVS,
+# "make" will update the $(DOMAIN).pot and the $(CATALOGS), but subsequent
+# invocations of "make" will do nothing. This timestamp would not be necessary
+# if updating the $(CATALOGS) would always touch them; however, the rule for
+# $(POFILES) has been designed to not touch files that don't need to be
+# changed.
+stamp-po: $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot
+ test -z "$(CATALOGS)" || $(MAKE) $(CATALOGS)
+ @echo "touch stamp-po"
+ @echo timestamp > stamp-poT
+ @mv stamp-poT stamp-po
+
+# Note: Target 'all' must not depend on target '$(DOMAIN).pot-update',
+# otherwise packages like GCC can not be built if only parts of the source
+# have been downloaded.
+
+# This target rebuilds $(DOMAIN).pot; it is an expensive operation.
+# Note that $(DOMAIN).pot is not touched if it doesn't need to be changed.
+$(DOMAIN).pot-update: $(POTFILES) $(srcdir)/POTFILES.in remove-potcdate.sed
+ $(XGETTEXT) --default-domain=$(DOMAIN) --directory=$(top_srcdir) \
+ --add-comments=TRANSLATORS: $(XGETTEXT_OPTIONS) \
+ --files-from=$(srcdir)/POTFILES.in \
+ --copyright-holder='$(COPYRIGHT_HOLDER)' \
+ --msgid-bugs-address='$(MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS)'
+ test ! -f $(DOMAIN).po || { \
+ if test -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; then \
+ sed -f remove-potcdate.sed < $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot > $(DOMAIN).1po && \
+ sed -f remove-potcdate.sed < $(DOMAIN).po > $(DOMAIN).2po && \
+ if cmp $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+ rm -f $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po $(DOMAIN).po; \
+ else \
+ rm -f $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot && \
+ mv $(DOMAIN).po $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; \
+ fi; \
+ else \
+ mv $(DOMAIN).po $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; \
+ fi; \
+ }
+
+# This rule has no dependencies: we don't need to update $(DOMAIN).pot at
+# every "make" invocation, only create it when it is missing.
+# Only "make $(DOMAIN).pot-update" or "make dist" will force an update.
+$(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot:
+ $(MAKE) $(DOMAIN).pot-update
+
+# This target rebuilds a PO file if $(DOMAIN).pot has changed.
+# Note that a PO file is not touched if it doesn't need to be changed.
+$(POFILES): $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot
+ @lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's,.*/,,' -e 's/\.po$$//'`; \
+ test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \
+ echo "$${cdcmd}$(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) $${lang}.po $(DOMAIN).pot"; \
+ cd $(srcdir) && $(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) $${lang}.po $(DOMAIN).pot
+
+
+install: install-exec install-data
+install-exec:
+install-data: install-data-@USE_NLS@
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
+ for file in $(DISTFILES.common) Makevars.template; do \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \
+ $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+ done; \
+ for file in Makevars; do \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+ done; \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+install-data-no: all
+install-data-yes: all
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(datadir)
+ @catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
+ for cat in $$catalogs; do \
+ cat=`basename $$cat`; \
+ lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
+ dir=$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$$dir; \
+ if test -r $$cat; then realcat=$$cat; else realcat=$(srcdir)/$$cat; fi; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$realcat $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(DOMAIN).mo; \
+ echo "installing $$realcat as $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(DOMAIN).mo"; \
+ for lc in '' $(EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES); do \
+ if test -n "$$lc"; then \
+ if (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc 2>/dev/null) | grep ' -> ' >/dev/null; then \
+ link=`cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc | sed -e 's/^.* -> //'`; \
+ mv $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \
+ mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
+ (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old && \
+ for file in *; do \
+ if test -f $$file; then \
+ ln -s ../$$link/$$file $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$$file; \
+ fi; \
+ done); \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \
+ else \
+ if test -d $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; then \
+ :; \
+ else \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
+ mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
+ fi; \
+ fi; \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo; \
+ ln -s ../LC_MESSAGES/$(DOMAIN).mo $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo 2>/dev/null || \
+ ln $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(DOMAIN).mo $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo 2>/dev/null || \
+ cp -p $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(DOMAIN).mo $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo; \
+ echo "installing $$realcat link as $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo"; \
+ fi; \
+ done; \
+ done
+
+install-strip: install
+
+installdirs: installdirs-exec installdirs-data
+installdirs-exec:
+installdirs-data: installdirs-data-@USE_NLS@
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+installdirs-data-no:
+installdirs-data-yes:
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(datadir)
+ @catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
+ for cat in $$catalogs; do \
+ cat=`basename $$cat`; \
+ lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
+ dir=$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$$dir; \
+ for lc in '' $(EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES); do \
+ if test -n "$$lc"; then \
+ if (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc 2>/dev/null) | grep ' -> ' >/dev/null; then \
+ link=`cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc | sed -e 's/^.* -> //'`; \
+ mv $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \
+ mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
+ (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old && \
+ for file in *; do \
+ if test -f $$file; then \
+ ln -s ../$$link/$$file $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$$file; \
+ fi; \
+ done); \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \
+ else \
+ if test -d $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; then \
+ :; \
+ else \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
+ mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
+ fi; \
+ fi; \
+ fi; \
+ done; \
+ done
+
+# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
+installcheck:
+
+uninstall: uninstall-exec uninstall-data
+uninstall-exec:
+uninstall-data: uninstall-data-@USE_NLS@
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+ for file in $(DISTFILES.common) Makevars.template; do \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+ done; \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+uninstall-data-no:
+uninstall-data-yes:
+ catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
+ for cat in $$catalogs; do \
+ cat=`basename $$cat`; \
+ lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
+ for lc in LC_MESSAGES $(EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES); do \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo; \
+ done; \
+ done
+
+check: all
+
+info dvi ps pdf html tags TAGS ctags CTAGS ID:
+
+mostlyclean:
+ rm -f remove-potcdate.sed
+ rm -f stamp-poT
+ rm -f core core.* $(DOMAIN).po $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po *.new.po
+ rm -fr *.o
+
+clean: mostlyclean
+
+distclean: clean
+ rm -f Makefile Makefile.in POTFILES *.mo
+
+maintainer-clean: distclean
+ @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
+ @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+ rm -f stamp-po $(GMOFILES)
+
+distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
+dist distdir:
+ $(MAKE) update-po
+ @$(MAKE) dist2
+# This is a separate target because 'update-po' must be executed before.
+dist2: $(DISTFILES)
+ dists="$(DISTFILES)"; \
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+ dists="$$dists Makevars.template"; \
+ fi; \
+ if test -f $(srcdir)/ChangeLog; then \
+ dists="$$dists ChangeLog"; \
+ fi; \
+ for i in 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9; do \
+ if test -f $(srcdir)/ChangeLog.$$i; then \
+ dists="$$dists ChangeLog.$$i"; \
+ fi; \
+ done; \
+ if test -f $(srcdir)/LINGUAS; then dists="$$dists LINGUAS"; fi; \
+ for file in $$dists; do \
+ if test -f $$file; then \
+ cp -p $$file $(distdir); \
+ else \
+ cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \
+ fi; \
+ done
+
+update-po: Makefile
+ $(MAKE) $(DOMAIN).pot-update
+ test -z "$(UPDATEPOFILES)" || $(MAKE) $(UPDATEPOFILES)
+ $(MAKE) update-gmo
+
+# General rule for updating PO files.
+
+.nop.po-update:
+ @lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/\.po-update$$//'`; \
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; fi; \
+ tmpdir=`pwd`; \
+ echo "$$lang:"; \
+ test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \
+ echo "$${cdcmd}$(MSGMERGE) $$lang.po $(DOMAIN).pot -o $$lang.new.po"; \
+ cd $(srcdir); \
+ if $(MSGMERGE) $$lang.po $(DOMAIN).pot -o $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; then \
+ if cmp $$lang.po $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+ rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \
+ else \
+ if mv -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po $$lang.po; then \
+ :; \
+ else \
+ echo "msgmerge for $$lang.po failed: cannot move $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po to $$lang.po" 1>&2; \
+ exit 1; \
+ fi; \
+ fi; \
+ else \
+ echo "msgmerge for $$lang.po failed!" 1>&2; \
+ rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \
+ fi
+
+$(DUMMYPOFILES):
+
+update-gmo: Makefile $(GMOFILES)
+ @:
+
+Makefile: Makefile.in.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @POMAKEFILEDEPS@
+ cd $(top_builddir) \
+ && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@.in CONFIG_HEADERS= \
+ $(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+force:
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
--- /dev/null
+# Makefile variables for PO directory in any package using GNU gettext.
+
+# Usually the message domain is the same as the package name.
+DOMAIN = $(PACKAGE)
+
+# These two variables depend on the location of this directory.
+subdir = po
+top_builddir = ..
+
+# These options get passed to xgettext.
+XGETTEXT_OPTIONS = --keyword=_ --keyword=N_
+
+# This is the copyright holder that gets inserted into the header of the
+# $(DOMAIN).pot file. Set this to the copyright holder of the surrounding
+# package. (Note that the msgstr strings, extracted from the package's
+# sources, belong to the copyright holder of the package.) Translators are
+# expected to transfer the copyright for their translations to this person
+# or entity, or to disclaim their copyright. The empty string stands for
+# the public domain; in this case the translators are expected to disclaim
+# their copyright.
+COPYRIGHT_HOLDER = SuperTux Development Team
+
+# This is the email address or URL to which the translators shall report
+# bugs in the untranslated strings:
+# - Strings which are not entire sentences, see the maintainer guidelines
+# in the GNU gettext documentation, section 'Preparing Strings'.
+# - Strings which use unclear terms or require additional context to be
+# understood.
+# - Strings which make invalid assumptions about notation of date, time or
+# money.
+# - Pluralisation problems.
+# - Incorrect English spelling.
+# - Incorrect formatting.
+# It can be your email address, or a mailing list address where translators
+# can write to without being subscribed, or the URL of a web page through
+# which the translators can contact you.
+MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS = super-tux-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
+
+# This is the list of locale categories, beyond LC_MESSAGES, for which the
+# message catalogs shall be used. It is usually empty.
+EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES =
--- /dev/null
+src/menu.cpp
+src/particlesystem.cpp
+src/game_object.h
+src/leveleditor.h
+src/scene.cpp
+src/bitmask.h
+src/background.cpp
+src/intro.cpp
+src/serializable.h
+src/door.cpp
+src/tilemap.h
+src/bitmask.cpp
+src/sprite_manager.cpp
+src/configfile.h
+src/vector.cpp
+src/worldmap.cpp
+src/later/rectangle.h
+src/later/moving_object.cpp
+src/later/badguy.cpp
+src/later/badguy.h
+src/later/moving_object.h
+src/game_object.cpp
+src/interactive_object.cpp
+src/particlesystem.h
+src/high_scores.h
+src/type.cpp
+src/sound_manager.cpp
+src/scene.h
+src/sprite.cpp
+src/polygon.cpp
+src/rectangle.h
+src/level.h
+src/moving_object.cpp
+src/timer.cpp
+src/supertux.cpp
+src/setup.h
+src/collision.h
+src/resources.h
+src/physic.cpp
+src/background.h
+src/tilemap.cpp
+src/gameobjs.cpp
+src/vector.h
+src/sprite.h
+src/title.cpp
+src/sector.cpp
+src/sound.h
+src/camera.h
+src/timer.h
+src/title.h
+src/door.h
+src/physic.h
+src/button.cpp
+src/lispwriter.cpp
+src/gameloop.cpp
+src/level.cpp
+src/setup.cpp
+src/sound.cpp
+src/resources.cpp
+src/sector.h
+src/musicref.cpp
+src/badguy.cpp
+src/menu.h
+src/gettext.h
+src/mousecursor.h
+src/special.cpp
+src/high_scores.cpp
+src/lispreader.cpp
+src/screen/font.cpp
+src/screen/screen.h
+src/screen/drawing_context.h
+src/screen/font.h
+src/screen/texture.h
+src/screen/texture.cpp
+src/screen/screen.cpp
+src/screen/drawing_context.cpp
+src/polygon.h
+src/tile.h
+src/sprite_manager.h
+src/mousecursor.cpp
+src/type.h
+src/defines.h
+src/badguy.h
+src/exceptions.h
+src/player.h
+src/special.h
+src/sound_manager.h
+src/gameloop.h
+src/worldmap.h
+src/globals.h
+src/gameobjs.h
+src/tile.cpp
+src/configfile.cpp
+src/camera.cpp
+src/moving_object.h
+src/button.h
+src/musicref.h
+src/interactive_object.h
+src/leveleditor.cpp
+src/intro.h
+src/lispreader.h
+src/lispwriter.h
+src/globals.cpp
+src/collision.cpp
+src/player.cpp
--- /dev/null
+# Special Makefile rules for English message catalogs with quotation marks.
+
+DISTFILES.common.extra1 = quot.sed boldquot.sed en@quot.header en@boldquot.header insert-header.sin Rules-quot
+
+.SUFFIXES: .insert-header .po-update-en
+
+en@quot.po-update: en@quot.po-update-en
+en@boldquot.po-update: en@boldquot.po-update-en
+
+.insert-header.po-update-en:
+ @lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/\.po-update-en$$//'`; \
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; GETTEXTLIBDIR=`cd $(top_srcdir)/src && pwd`; export GETTEXTLIBDIR; fi; \
+ tmpdir=`pwd`; \
+ echo "$$lang:"; \
+ ll=`echo $$lang | sed -e 's/@.*//'`; \
+ LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; \
+ cd $(srcdir); \
+ if $(MSGINIT) -i $(DOMAIN).pot --no-translator -l $$ll -o - 2>/dev/null | sed -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.insert-header | $(MSGCONV) -t UTF-8 | $(MSGFILTER) sed -f `echo $$lang | sed -e 's/.*@//'`.sed 2>/dev/null > $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; then \
+ if cmp $$lang.po $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+ rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \
+ else \
+ if mv -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po $$lang.po; then \
+ :; \
+ else \
+ echo "creation of $$lang.po failed: cannot move $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po to $$lang.po" 1>&2; \
+ exit 1; \
+ fi; \
+ fi; \
+ else \
+ echo "creation of $$lang.po failed!" 1>&2; \
+ rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \
+ fi
+
+en@quot.insert-header: insert-header.sin
+ sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/HEADER/en@quot.header/g' $(srcdir)/insert-header.sin > en@quot.insert-header
+
+en@boldquot.insert-header: insert-header.sin
+ sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/HEADER/en@boldquot.header/g' $(srcdir)/insert-header.sin > en@boldquot.insert-header
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-quot
+mostlyclean-quot:
+ rm -f *.insert-header
--- /dev/null
+s/"\([^"]*\)"/“\1”/g
+s/`\([^`']*\)'/‘\1’/g
+s/ '\([^`']*\)' / ‘\1’ /g
+s/ '\([^`']*\)'$/ ‘\1’/g
+s/^'\([^`']*\)' /‘\1’ /g
+s/“”/""/g
+s/“/“\e[1m/g
+s/”/\e[0m”/g
+s/‘/‘\e[1m/g
+s/’/\e[0m’/g
--- /dev/null
+# German translations for SuperTux package
+# German messages for SuperTux.
+# Copyright (C) 2004 SuperTux Development Team
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the SuperTux package.
+# <matze@braunis.de>, 2004.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: SuperTux 0.1.1\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: super-tux-devel@lists.sourceforge.net\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2004-06-03 00:22+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-06-03 00:29+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: <matze@braunis.de>\n"
+"Language-Team: German <de@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: src/setup.cpp:388
+msgid "Start Game"
+msgstr "Spiel Beginnen"
+
+#: src/setup.cpp:389
+msgid "Contrib Levels"
+msgstr "Zusatzlevel"
+
+#: src/setup.cpp:390
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "Einstellungen"
+
+#: src/setup.cpp:391
+msgid "Level Editor"
+msgstr "Level Editor"
+
+#: src/setup.cpp:392
+msgid "Credits"
+msgstr "Mitwirkende"
+
+#: src/setup.cpp:393
+msgid "Quit"
+msgstr "Beenden"
--- /dev/null
+# All this catalog "translates" are quotation characters.
+# The msgids must be ASCII and therefore cannot contain real quotation
+# characters, only substitutes like grave accent (0x60), apostrophe (0x27)
+# and double quote (0x22). These substitutes look strange; see
+# http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/ucs/quotes.html
+#
+# This catalog translates grave accent (0x60) and apostrophe (0x27) to
+# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019).
+# It also translates pairs of apostrophe (0x27) to
+# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019)
+# and pairs of quotation mark (0x22) to
+# left double quotation mark (U+201C) and right double quotation mark (U+201D).
+#
+# When output to an UTF-8 terminal, the quotation characters appear perfectly.
+# When output to an ISO-8859-1 terminal, the single quotation marks are
+# transliterated to apostrophes (by iconv in glibc 2.2 or newer) or to
+# grave/acute accent (by libiconv), and the double quotation marks are
+# transliterated to 0x22.
+# When output to an ASCII terminal, the single quotation marks are
+# transliterated to apostrophes, and the double quotation marks are
+# transliterated to 0x22.
+#
+# This catalog furthermore displays the text between the quotation marks in
+# bold face, assuming the VT100/XTerm escape sequences.
+#
--- /dev/null
+# All this catalog "translates" are quotation characters.
+# The msgids must be ASCII and therefore cannot contain real quotation
+# characters, only substitutes like grave accent (0x60), apostrophe (0x27)
+# and double quote (0x22). These substitutes look strange; see
+# http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/ucs/quotes.html
+#
+# This catalog translates grave accent (0x60) and apostrophe (0x27) to
+# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019).
+# It also translates pairs of apostrophe (0x27) to
+# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019)
+# and pairs of quotation mark (0x22) to
+# left double quotation mark (U+201C) and right double quotation mark (U+201D).
+#
+# When output to an UTF-8 terminal, the quotation characters appear perfectly.
+# When output to an ISO-8859-1 terminal, the single quotation marks are
+# transliterated to apostrophes (by iconv in glibc 2.2 or newer) or to
+# grave/acute accent (by libiconv), and the double quotation marks are
+# transliterated to 0x22.
+# When output to an ASCII terminal, the single quotation marks are
+# transliterated to apostrophes, and the double quotation marks are
+# transliterated to 0x22.
+#
--- /dev/null
+# Sed script that inserts the file called HEADER before the header entry.
+#
+# At each occurrence of a line starting with "msgid ", we execute the following
+# commands. At the first occurrence, insert the file. At the following
+# occurrences, do nothing. The distinction between the first and the following
+# occurrences is achieved by looking at the hold space.
+/^msgid /{
+x
+# Test if the hold space is empty.
+s/m/m/
+ta
+# Yes it was empty. First occurrence. Read the file.
+r HEADER
+# Output the file's contents by reading the next line. But don't lose the
+# current line while doing this.
+g
+N
+bb
+:a
+# The hold space was nonempty. Following occurrences. Do nothing.
+x
+:b
+}
--- /dev/null
+s/"\([^"]*\)"/“\1”/g
+s/`\([^`']*\)'/‘\1’/g
+s/ '\([^`']*\)' / ‘\1’ /g
+s/ '\([^`']*\)'$/ ‘\1’/g
+s/^'\([^`']*\)' /‘\1’ /g
+s/“”/""/g
--- /dev/null
+# Sed script that remove the POT-Creation-Date line in the header entry
+# from a POT file.
+#
+# The distinction between the first and the following occurrences of the
+# pattern is achieved by looking at the hold space.
+/^"POT-Creation-Date: .*"$/{
+x
+# Test if the hold space is empty.
+s/P/P/
+ta
+# Yes it was empty. First occurrence. Remove the line.
+g
+d
+bb
+:a
+# The hold space was nonempty. Following occurrences. Do nothing.
+x
+:b
+}
--- /dev/null
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) YEAR SuperTux Development Team
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: super-tux-devel@lists.sourceforge.net\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2004-06-03 00:22+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: src/setup.cpp:388
+msgid "Start Game"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/setup.cpp:389
+msgid "Contrib Levels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/setup.cpp:390
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/setup.cpp:391
+msgid "Level Editor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/setup.cpp:392
+msgid "Credits"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/setup.cpp:393
+msgid "Quit"
+msgstr ""
+localedir = $(datadir)/locale
+
bin_PROGRAMS = supertux
+supertux_CXXFLAGS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\"
supertux_SOURCES = \
screen/drawing_context.h \
#include "resources.h"
#include "intro.h"
#include "sound_manager.h"
+#include "gettext.h"
#include "player.h"
worldmap_menu = new Menu();
main_menu->set_pos(screen->w/2, 335);
- main_menu->additem(MN_GOTO, "Start Game",0,load_game_menu, MNID_STARTGAME);
- main_menu->additem(MN_GOTO, "Contrib Levels",0,contrib_menu, MNID_CONTRIB);
- main_menu->additem(MN_GOTO, "Options",0,options_menu, MNID_OPTIONMENU);
- main_menu->additem(MN_ACTION,"Level Editor",0,0, MNID_LEVELEDITOR);
- main_menu->additem(MN_ACTION,"Credits",0,0, MNID_CREDITS);
- main_menu->additem(MN_ACTION,"Quit",0,0, MNID_QUITMAINMENU);
+ main_menu->additem(MN_GOTO, _("Start Game"),0,load_game_menu, MNID_STARTGAME);
+ main_menu->additem(MN_GOTO, _("Contrib Levels"),0,contrib_menu, MNID_CONTRIB);
+ main_menu->additem(MN_GOTO, _("Options"),0,options_menu, MNID_OPTIONMENU);
+ main_menu->additem(MN_ACTION, _("Level Editor"),0,0, MNID_LEVELEDITOR);
+ main_menu->additem(MN_ACTION, _("Credits"),0,0, MNID_CREDITS);
+ main_menu->additem(MN_ACTION, _("Quit"),0,0, MNID_QUITMAINMENU);
options_menu->additem(MN_LABEL,"Options",0,0);
options_menu->additem(MN_HL,"",0,0);
#include "resources.h"
#include "screen/texture.h"
#include "tile.h"
+#include "gettext.h"
int main(int argc, char * argv[])
{
#ifndef DEBUG
try {
#endif
+ setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+ bindtextdomain(PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR);
+ textdomain(PACKAGE);
+ bind_textdomain_codeset(PACKAGE, "ISO-8859-1");
+
st_directory_setup();
parseargs(argc, argv);
projects / supertux.git / commitdiff